Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 5995:ef83b423ebf7 v7.4.338
updated for version 7.4.338
Problem: Cannot wrap lines taking indent into account.
Solution: Add the 'breakindent' option. (many authors, final improvements by
Christian Brabandt)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 25 Jun 2014 14:39:50 +0200 |
| parents | 03d260a8ea0c |
| children | ce284c205558 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 5946 | 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) |
| 7 | 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 3586 | 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character |
| 93 * doesn't fit. */ | |
| 94 | |
| 7 | 95 /* |
| 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 97 */ | |
| 98 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 99 | |
| 100 /* | |
| 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 103 */ | |
| 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 105 | |
| 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 108 #endif | |
| 109 | |
| 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 112 #endif | |
| 113 | |
| 114 /* | |
| 115 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 116 */ | |
| 117 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 118 | |
| 119 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 120 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 121 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 122 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 123 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 124 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 125 #endif | |
| 625 | 126 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 127 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 128 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 131 #else | |
| 132 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 133 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 134 #endif | |
| 135 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 136 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 137 #endif | |
| 680 | 138 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 139 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 140 #endif |
| 7 | 141 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 5985 | 142 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 143 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 144 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
145 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 146 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 5979 | 147 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur)); |
| 148 static int next_search_hl_pos __ARGS((match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 7 | 149 #endif |
| 150 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 151 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 153 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 154 #endif | |
| 155 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 156 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 157 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 158 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 159 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 160 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 161 #endif | |
| 162 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 163 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 164 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 165 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 166 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 167 #endif |
| 7 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 169 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 170 #endif | |
| 171 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 172 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 173 #endif | |
| 174 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 175 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 176 #endif |
| 177 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 178 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 179 #endif | |
| 180 | |
| 181 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 182 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 183 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 184 #endif | |
| 185 | |
| 186 /* | |
| 187 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 188 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 189 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 190 */ | |
| 191 void | |
| 192 redraw_later(type) | |
| 193 int type; | |
| 194 { | |
| 195 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 196 } | |
| 197 | |
| 198 void | |
| 199 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 200 win_T *wp; | |
| 201 int type; | |
| 202 { | |
| 203 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 204 { | |
| 205 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 206 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 207 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 208 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 209 must_redraw = type; | |
| 210 } | |
| 211 } | |
| 212 | |
| 213 /* | |
| 214 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 215 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 216 */ | |
| 217 void | |
| 218 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 219 { | |
| 220 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 221 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 222 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 223 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 224 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 225 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 226 else | |
| 227 #endif | |
| 228 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 229 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 230 } |
| 231 | |
| 232 /* | |
| 233 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 234 */ | |
| 235 void | |
| 236 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 237 int type; | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 win_T *wp; | |
| 240 | |
| 241 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 242 { | |
| 243 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 244 } | |
| 245 } | |
| 246 | |
| 247 /* | |
| 301 | 248 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 249 */ |
| 250 void | |
| 251 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 252 int type; | |
| 253 { | |
| 254 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 255 } | |
| 256 | |
| 257 void | |
| 258 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 259 buf_T *buf; | |
| 260 int type; | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 win_T *wp; | |
| 263 | |
| 264 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 265 { | |
| 266 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 267 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 268 } | |
| 269 } | |
| 270 | |
| 271 /* | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
272 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
273 * right away and restore what was on the command line. |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
274 * Return a code indicating what happened. |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
275 */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
276 int |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
277 redraw_asap(type) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
278 int type; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
279 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
280 int rows; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
281 int r; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
282 int ret = 0; |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
283 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ |
|
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
284 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
285 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
286 int i; |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
287 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
288 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
289 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
290 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
291 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
292 redraw_later(type); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
293 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY)) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
294 return ret; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
295 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
296 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
297 rows = Rows - cmdline_row; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
298 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
299 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
300 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
301 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
302 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
303 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
305 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
306 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
307 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
308 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
309 if (screenlineUC == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
310 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
311 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
312 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
313 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
314 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
315 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
316 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
317 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
318 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
319 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
320 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
321 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
322 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
323 if (screenline2 == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
324 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
325 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
326 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
327 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
328 if (ret != 2) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
329 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
330 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
331 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
332 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
333 mch_memmove(screenline + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
334 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
335 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
336 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
337 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
338 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
340 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
341 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
342 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
343 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
344 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
345 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
346 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
347 ScreenLinesC[r] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
348 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
349 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
350 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
351 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
352 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
353 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
354 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
355 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
356 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
357 update_screen(0); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
358 ret = 3; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
359 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
360 if (must_redraw == 0) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
361 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
362 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
363 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
364 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
365 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
366 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
367 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
368 screenline + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
369 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
370 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
371 screenattr + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
372 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
374 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
375 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
376 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
377 screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
378 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
379 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
380 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
381 screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
382 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
383 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
384 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
385 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
386 screenline2 + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
387 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
388 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
389 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, Columns, Columns, FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
390 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
391 ret = 4; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
392 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
394 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
395 vim_free(screenline); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
396 vim_free(screenattr); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
398 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
399 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
400 vim_free(screenlineUC); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
401 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
402 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
403 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
404 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
405 vim_free(screenline2); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
406 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
407 |
|
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
408 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
409 maybe_intro_message(); |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
410 |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
411 setcursor(); |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
412 |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
413 return ret; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
414 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
415 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
416 /* |
| 7 | 417 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that |
| 418 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 419 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 420 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 421 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 422 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 423 */ | |
| 424 void | |
| 425 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 426 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 427 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 428 { |
| 429 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 430 int i; | |
| 431 #endif | |
| 432 | |
| 433 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 434 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 435 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 436 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 437 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 438 | |
| 439 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 440 if (invalid) | |
| 441 { | |
| 442 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 443 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 444 if (i >= 0) | |
| 445 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 446 } | |
| 447 #endif | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 | |
| 450 /* | |
| 451 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 452 */ | |
| 453 void | |
| 454 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 455 int type; | |
| 456 { | |
| 457 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 458 update_screen(type); | |
| 459 } | |
| 460 | |
| 461 /* | |
| 462 * update_screen() | |
| 463 * | |
| 464 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 465 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 466 */ | |
| 467 void | |
| 468 update_screen(type) | |
| 469 int type; | |
| 470 { | |
| 471 win_T *wp; | |
| 472 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 473 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 474 int did_one; | |
| 475 #endif | |
| 476 | |
| 2008 | 477 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 478 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 479 return; | |
| 480 | |
| 481 if (must_redraw) | |
| 482 { | |
| 483 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 484 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 485 |
| 486 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 487 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 488 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 489 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 490 must_redraw = 0; |
| 491 } | |
| 492 | |
| 493 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 494 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 495 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 496 | |
| 2008 | 497 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 498 * recursively. */ | |
| 499 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 500 { |
| 501 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 502 must_redraw = type; | |
| 503 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 504 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 505 return; | |
| 506 } | |
| 507 | |
| 508 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 509 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 510 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 511 * display updating */ | |
| 512 #endif | |
| 513 | |
| 514 /* | |
| 515 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 516 */ | |
| 517 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 518 { | |
| 519 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 520 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 521 type = CLEAR; | |
| 522 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 523 { | |
| 524 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 525 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 526 type = CLEAR; | |
| 527 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 528 { | |
| 529 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 530 { | |
| 531 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 532 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 533 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 534 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 535 { | |
| 536 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 537 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 538 } | |
| 539 else | |
| 540 { | |
| 541 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 542 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 543 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 544 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 545 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 546 #endif | |
| 547 } | |
| 548 } | |
| 549 } | |
| 550 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 551 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 552 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 553 #endif |
| 7 | 554 } |
| 555 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 556 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 557 } | |
| 558 | |
| 559 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 560 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 561 | |
| 562 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 563 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 564 highlight_changed(); | |
| 565 | |
| 566 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 567 { | |
| 568 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 569 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 570 } | |
| 571 | |
| 572 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 573 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 574 | |
| 13 | 575 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
576 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
577 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 578 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
579 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
580 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 581 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 582 #endif | |
| 583 | |
| 7 | 584 /* |
| 585 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 586 */ | |
| 587 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 588 update_curswant(); | |
| 589 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 590 && !((type == VALID | |
| 591 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 592 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 593 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 594 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 595 #endif | |
| 596 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 597 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 598 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 599 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 600 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 601 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 602 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 603 )) | |
| 604 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 605 | |
| 849 | 606 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 607 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 608 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 609 draw_tabline(); | |
| 610 #endif | |
| 611 | |
| 7 | 612 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 613 /* | |
| 614 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 615 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 616 */ | |
| 617 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 618 { | |
| 619 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 620 { | |
| 621 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 622 win_T *wwp; | |
| 623 | |
| 624 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 625 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 626 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 627 break; | |
| 628 # endif | |
| 629 if ( | |
| 630 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 631 wwp == wp && | |
| 632 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
633 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 634 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 635 } | |
| 636 } | |
| 637 #endif | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* | |
| 640 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 641 * it. | |
| 642 */ | |
| 643 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 644 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 645 #endif | |
| 646 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 647 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 648 #endif | |
| 649 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 650 { | |
| 651 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 652 { | |
| 653 cursor_off(); | |
| 654 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 655 if (!did_one) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 658 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 659 start_search_hl(); | |
| 660 # endif | |
| 661 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 662 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 3674 | 663 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 664 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 665 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 666 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 667 # endif |
| 668 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 669 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 670 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 671 * it. */ | |
| 672 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 673 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 674 #endif | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 #endif | |
| 677 win_update(wp); | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 | |
| 680 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 681 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 682 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 cursor_off(); | |
| 685 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 686 } | |
| 687 #endif | |
| 688 } | |
| 689 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 690 end_search_hl(); | |
| 691 #endif | |
| 4107 | 692 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 693 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ | |
| 694 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 695 pum_redraw(); | |
| 696 #endif | |
| 7 | 697 |
| 698 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 699 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 700 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 701 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 702 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 703 #else | |
| 704 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 705 #endif | |
| 706 | |
| 707 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 708 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 709 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 710 #endif | |
| 711 | |
| 712 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 713 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 714 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 715 showmode(); | |
| 716 | |
| 717 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
|
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
718 if (!did_intro) |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
719 maybe_intro_message(); |
| 7 | 720 did_intro = TRUE; |
| 721 | |
| 722 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 723 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 724 * done. */ | |
| 725 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 726 { | |
| 727 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 728 if (did_one) | |
| 729 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 730 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 731 } | |
| 732 #endif | |
| 733 } | |
| 734 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
735 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
736 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
737 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
738 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
739 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
740 int |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
741 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
742 win_T *wp; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
743 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
744 int c; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
745 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
746 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
747 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
748 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
749 c = 'v'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
750 else if (State & INSERT) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
751 c = 'i'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
752 else if (State & NORMAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
753 c = 'n'; |
|
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
754 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
|
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
755 c = 'c'; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
756 else |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
757 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
758 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
759 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
760 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
761 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
762 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
763 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
764 void |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
765 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
766 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
767 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
768 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
769 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
770 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
771 * without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
772 curs_columns(TRUE); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
773 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
774 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
775 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
776 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
777 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
778 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
779 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
780 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
781 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
782 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
783 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
784 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
785 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
786 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
787 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
788 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
789 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
790 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
791 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
792 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
793 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
794 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
795 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
796 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
797 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
798 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
799 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
800 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
801 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
802 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
803 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
804 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
805 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
806 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
807 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
808 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
809 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
810 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
811 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
812 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
813 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
814 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
815 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
816 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
817 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
818 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
819 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
820 } |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
821 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
822 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
823 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
824 |
| 7 | 825 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 826 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 827 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 828 | |
| 829 /* | |
| 830 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 831 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 832 */ |
| 833 static void | |
| 834 update_prepare() | |
| 835 { | |
| 836 cursor_off(); | |
| 837 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 838 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 839 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 840 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 841 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 842 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 843 #endif | |
| 844 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 845 start_search_hl(); | |
| 846 #endif | |
| 847 } | |
| 848 | |
| 849 /* | |
| 850 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 851 */ | |
| 852 static void | |
| 853 update_finish() | |
| 854 { | |
| 855 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 856 showmode(); | |
| 857 | |
| 858 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 859 end_search_hl(); | |
| 860 # endif | |
| 861 | |
| 862 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 863 | |
| 864 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 865 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 866 | |
| 867 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 868 * done. */ | |
| 869 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 870 { | |
| 871 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 872 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 873 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 874 } | |
| 875 # endif | |
| 876 } | |
| 877 #endif | |
| 878 | |
| 879 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 880 void | |
| 881 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 882 buf_T *buf; | |
| 883 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 884 { | |
| 885 win_T *wp; | |
| 886 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 887 | |
| 888 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 889 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 890 # endif | |
| 891 | |
| 892 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 893 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 894 { | |
| 895 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 898 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 899 { | |
| 900 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 901 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 902 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 903 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 904 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 905 } | |
| 906 } | |
| 907 else | |
| 908 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 909 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 910 doit = TRUE; | |
| 911 } | |
| 912 | |
| 3250 | 913 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already |
| 914 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ | |
| 915 if (!doit || updating_screen | |
| 916 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 917 || gui.starting | |
| 918 #endif | |
| 919 || starting) | |
| 7 | 920 return; |
| 921 | |
| 922 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 923 update_prepare(); | |
| 924 | |
| 925 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 926 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 927 { | |
| 928 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 929 win_update(wp); | |
| 930 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 931 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 932 } | |
| 933 # else | |
| 934 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 935 win_update(curwin); | |
| 936 # endif | |
| 937 | |
| 938 update_finish(); | |
| 939 } | |
| 940 #endif | |
| 941 | |
| 942 | |
| 943 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 944 /* | |
| 945 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 946 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 947 */ | |
| 948 void | |
| 949 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 950 win_T *wp; | |
| 951 { | |
| 2008 | 952 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 953 if (updating_screen) | |
| 954 return; | |
| 955 | |
| 7 | 956 update_prepare(); |
| 957 | |
| 958 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 959 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 3674 | 960 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 961 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 962 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 963 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 964 #endif |
| 670 | 965 |
| 7 | 966 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 967 |
| 7 | 968 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 969 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 970 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 971 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 972 |
| 7 | 973 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 974 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 975 || p_ru | |
| 976 # endif | |
| 977 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 978 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 979 # endif |
| 980 ) | |
| 981 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 982 #endif | |
| 983 | |
| 984 update_finish(); | |
| 985 } | |
| 986 #endif | |
| 987 | |
| 988 /* | |
| 989 * Update a single window. | |
| 990 * | |
| 991 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 992 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 993 * | |
| 994 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 995 * implies the one below it. | |
| 996 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 997 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 998 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 999 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 1000 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 1001 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 1002 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 1003 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 1004 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 1005 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 1006 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 1007 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 1008 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 1009 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 1010 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 1011 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 1012 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 1013 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 1014 */ | |
| 1015 static void | |
| 1016 win_update(wp) | |
| 1017 win_T *wp; | |
| 1018 { | |
| 1019 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 1020 int type; | |
| 1021 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 1022 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 1023 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 1024 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 1025 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 1026 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 1027 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 1028 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 1029 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 1030 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 1031 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 1032 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 1033 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 1034 #endif | |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 1037 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 1038 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1039 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1042 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 1043 int i; | |
| 1044 long j; | |
| 1045 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 1046 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 1047 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1048 long fold_count; | |
| 1049 #endif | |
| 1050 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1051 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 1052 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 1053 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 1054 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 1055 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 1056 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1057 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 1058 #endif | |
| 1059 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 1060 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 1061 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1062 int save_got_int; | |
| 1063 #endif | |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 1068 { | |
| 1069 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1070 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 1071 #endif | |
| 1072 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 1073 } | |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 1076 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 1077 { | |
| 1078 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1079 return; | |
| 1080 } | |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1083 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 1084 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1085 { | |
| 1086 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 1087 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 1088 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1089 return; | |
| 1090 } | |
| 1091 #endif | |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
1094 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 1095 #endif |
| 1096 | |
| 13 | 1097 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1098 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1099 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1100 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 1101 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 1102 { |
| 1103 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 1104 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 1105 } |
| 1106 else | |
| 1107 #endif | |
| 1108 | |
| 7 | 1109 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 1110 { | |
| 1111 /* | |
| 1112 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 1113 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 1114 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 1115 */ | |
| 1116 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1117 } | |
| 1118 else | |
| 1119 { | |
| 1120 /* | |
| 1121 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 1122 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 1123 */ | |
| 1124 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 1125 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 1126 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 1127 else | |
| 1128 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 1129 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 1130 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 1131 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 1132 { | |
| 1133 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 1134 { | |
| 1135 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 1136 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1137 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 1138 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1139 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1140 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1141 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 1142 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 1143 mod_top = 1; | |
| 1144 } | |
| 1145 #endif | |
| 1146 } | |
| 1147 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 1148 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1151 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 1152 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 1153 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 1154 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 1155 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 1156 */ |
| 699 | 1157 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 1158 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 1159 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 1160 else |
| 1326 | 1161 { |
| 1162 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 1163 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 1164 { | |
| 1165 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 1166 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 1167 { |
| 1168 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 1169 break; | |
| 1170 } | |
| 1326 | 1171 cur = cur->next; |
| 1172 } | |
| 1173 } | |
| 7 | 1174 #endif |
| 1175 } | |
| 1176 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1177 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1178 { | |
| 1179 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 /* | |
| 1182 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 1183 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 1184 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 1185 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 1186 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 1187 */ | |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 1190 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1191 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1192 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1193 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1194 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1195 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1196 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1199 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1200 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1201 { | |
| 1202 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1203 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1204 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 1205 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 1206 ++lnumb; | |
| 1207 } | |
| 1208 } | |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1211 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1212 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1215 --mod_bot; | |
| 1216 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1217 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1218 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1219 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1220 } | |
| 1221 #endif | |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1224 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1225 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1226 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1227 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1228 { | |
| 1229 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1230 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1231 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1232 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1233 top_end = 1; |
| 1234 #endif | |
| 1235 } | |
| 36 | 1236 |
| 1237 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1238 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1239 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1240 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1241 } |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 /* | |
| 1244 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1245 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1246 */ | |
| 1247 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1248 { | |
| 1249 j = 0; | |
| 1250 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1253 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1254 { | |
| 1255 top_end = j; | |
| 1256 break; | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 } | |
| 1259 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1260 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1261 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1262 else | |
| 1263 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1264 type = VALID; | |
| 1265 } | |
| 1266 | |
| 1378 | 1267 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1268 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1269 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1270 * called. */ | |
| 1271 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1272 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1273 | |
| 7 | 1274 /* |
| 1275 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1276 * handle three cases: | |
| 1277 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1278 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1279 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1280 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1281 */ | |
| 743 | 1282 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1283 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1284 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1285 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1286 #endif | |
| 1287 ) | |
| 1288 { | |
| 1289 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1290 { | |
| 1291 /* | |
| 1292 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1293 * further down. | |
| 1294 */ | |
| 1295 } | |
| 1296 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1297 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1298 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1299 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1300 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1301 #endif | |
| 1302 )) | |
| 1303 { | |
| 1304 /* | |
| 1305 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1306 */ | |
| 1307 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1308 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1309 { | |
| 1310 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1313 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1314 j = 0; | |
| 1315 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1316 { | |
| 1317 ++j; | |
| 1318 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1319 break; | |
| 1320 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1321 } | |
| 1322 } | |
| 1323 else | |
| 1324 #endif | |
| 1325 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1326 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1327 { | |
| 1328 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1330 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1331 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1332 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1333 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1334 #endif | |
| 1335 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1336 { | |
| 1337 /* | |
| 1338 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1339 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1340 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1341 */ | |
| 1342 if (i > 0) | |
| 1343 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1344 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1345 { | |
| 1346 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1347 { | |
| 1348 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1349 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1350 top_end = i; | |
| 1351 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1354 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1355 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1356 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1357 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1358 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1359 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1360 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1361 } | |
| 1362 } | |
| 1363 else | |
| 1364 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1365 } | |
| 1366 else | |
| 1367 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1368 } | |
| 1369 else | |
| 1370 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1371 } | |
| 1372 else | |
| 1373 { | |
| 1374 /* | |
| 1375 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1376 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1377 * needs updating. | |
| 1378 */ | |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1381 j = -1; | |
| 1382 row = 0; | |
| 1383 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1386 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1387 { | |
| 1388 j = i; | |
| 1389 break; | |
| 1390 } | |
| 1391 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1392 } | |
| 1393 if (j == -1) | |
| 1394 { | |
| 1395 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1396 * lines */ | |
| 1397 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1398 } | |
| 1399 else | |
| 1400 { | |
| 1401 /* | |
| 1402 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1403 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1404 */ | |
| 1405 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1406 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1407 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1408 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1409 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1410 else | |
| 1411 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1412 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1413 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1414 #endif | |
| 1415 if (row > 0) | |
| 1416 { | |
| 1417 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1418 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1419 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1420 else | |
| 1421 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1422 } | |
| 1423 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1424 { | |
| 1425 /* | |
| 1426 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1427 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1428 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1429 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1430 */ | |
| 1431 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1432 idx = 0; | |
| 1433 for (;;) | |
| 1434 { | |
| 1435 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1436 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1437 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1438 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1439 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1440 { | |
| 1441 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1442 break; | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1447 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1448 { | |
| 1449 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1450 break; | |
| 1451 } | |
| 1452 } | |
| 1453 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1454 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1455 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1456 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1457 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1458 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1459 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1460 #endif | |
| 1461 } | |
| 1462 } | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1466 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1467 * first. */ | |
| 1468 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1469 { | |
| 1470 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1471 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1472 { |
| 1331 | 1473 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1474 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1475 * then. */ | |
| 1476 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1477 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1478 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1479 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1480 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1481 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1482 #endif | |
| 1483 } | |
| 7 | 1484 } |
| 1331 | 1485 |
| 1486 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1487 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1488 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1489 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1490 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1491 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1492 } |
| 1493 else | |
| 1494 { | |
| 1495 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1496 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1497 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1498 } | |
| 1499 | |
| 743 | 1500 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1501 { | |
| 1502 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1503 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1504 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1505 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1506 } | |
| 1507 | |
| 7 | 1508 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ |
| 1509 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1510 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1511 { | |
| 1512 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1515 { | |
| 1516 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1517 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1518 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1519 { | |
| 1520 /* | |
| 1521 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1522 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1523 * gained or lost. | |
| 1524 */ | |
| 1525 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1526 { | |
| 1527 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1528 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1529 } | |
| 1530 else | |
| 1531 { | |
| 1532 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1533 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1534 } | |
| 1535 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1536 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1537 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1538 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1539 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1540 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1541 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1542 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1543 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1544 } | |
| 1545 else | |
| 1546 { | |
| 1547 /* | |
| 1548 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1549 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1550 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1551 */ | |
| 1552 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1553 { | |
| 1554 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1555 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1556 } | |
| 1557 else | |
| 1558 { | |
| 1559 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1560 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1561 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1562 from = to; | |
| 1563 } | |
| 1564 | |
| 422 | 1565 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1566 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1567 { |
| 1568 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1569 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1570 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1571 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1572 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1573 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1574 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1575 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1576 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1577 } | |
| 1578 } | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 /* | |
| 1581 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1582 * update all lines. | |
| 1583 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1584 */ | |
| 1585 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1586 { | |
| 1587 colnr_T fromc, toc; | |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); | |
| 1590 ++toc; | |
| 1591 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1592 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1595 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1596 { | |
| 1597 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1598 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1599 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1600 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1601 } | |
| 1602 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1603 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1604 } | |
| 1605 } | |
| 1606 else | |
| 1607 { | |
| 1608 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1609 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1610 { | |
| 1611 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1612 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1613 } | |
| 1614 else | |
| 1615 { | |
| 1616 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1617 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1618 } | |
| 1619 } | |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 /* | |
| 1622 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1623 */ | |
| 1624 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1625 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 /* | |
| 1628 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1629 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1630 */ | |
| 1631 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1632 { | |
| 1633 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1634 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1635 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1636 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1637 } | |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 /* | |
| 1640 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1641 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1642 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1643 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1644 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1645 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1646 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1647 */ | |
| 1648 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1649 { | |
| 1650 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1651 idx = 0; | |
| 1652 srow = 0; | |
| 1653 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1654 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1655 else | |
| 1656 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1657 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1658 { | |
| 1659 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1660 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1661 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1662 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1663 ++idx; | |
| 1664 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1665 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1666 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1667 else | |
| 1668 # endif | |
| 1669 ++lnum; | |
| 1670 } | |
| 1671 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1672 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1673 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1674 { | |
| 1675 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1676 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1677 { | |
| 1678 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1679 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1680 break; | |
| 1681 } | |
| 1682 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1683 } | |
| 1684 } | |
| 1685 } | |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1688 { | |
| 1689 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1690 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1691 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1692 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1693 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 else | |
| 1696 { | |
| 1697 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1698 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1699 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1700 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1701 } |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1704 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1705 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1706 got_int = 0; | |
| 1707 #endif | |
| 1708 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1709 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1710 #endif | |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 /* | |
| 1713 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1714 */ | |
| 1715 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1716 row = 0; | |
| 1717 srow = 0; | |
| 1718 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1719 for (;;) | |
| 1720 { | |
| 1721 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1722 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1723 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1724 { | |
| 1725 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1726 break; | |
| 1727 } | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1730 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1731 { | |
| 1732 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1733 break; | |
| 1734 } | |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1737 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1738 srow = row; | |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 /* | |
| 1741 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1742 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1743 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1744 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1745 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1746 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1747 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1748 */ | |
| 1749 if (row < top_end | |
| 1750 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1751 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1752 || top_to_mod | |
| 1753 #endif | |
| 1754 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1755 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1756 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1757 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1758 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1759 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1760 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1761 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1762 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1763 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1764 && ( |
| 1765 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1766 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1767 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1768 # endif | |
| 1769 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1770 #endif | |
|
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1771 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1772 /* match in fixed position might need redraw */ |
|
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1773 || wp->w_match_head != NULL |
|
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1774 #endif |
| 7 | 1775 ))))) |
| 1776 { | |
| 1777 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1778 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1779 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1780 #endif | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 /* | |
| 1783 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1784 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1785 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 3318 | 1786 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". |
| 7 | 1787 */ |
| 1788 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1789 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 3318 | 1790 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) |
| 7 | 1791 { |
| 1792 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1793 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1794 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1795 linenr_T l; | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1798 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1799 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1800 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1801 { | |
| 1802 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1803 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1804 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1805 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1806 break; | |
| 1807 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1808 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1809 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1810 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1811 { | |
| 1812 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1813 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1814 ++i; | |
| 1815 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1816 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1817 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1818 break; | |
| 1819 } | |
| 1820 #endif | |
| 1821 } | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1824 { | |
| 1825 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1826 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1827 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1828 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 else | |
| 1831 { | |
| 1832 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1833 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1834 j = idx; | |
| 1835 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1838 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1839 ++new_rows; | |
| 1840 else | |
| 1841 #endif | |
| 1842 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1843 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1844 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1845 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1846 else | |
| 1847 #endif | |
| 1848 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1849 ++j; | |
| 1850 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1851 { | |
| 1852 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1853 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1854 break; | |
| 1855 } | |
| 1856 } | |
| 1857 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1858 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1859 { | |
| 1860 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1861 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1862 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1863 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1864 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1865 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1866 else | |
| 1867 { | |
| 1868 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1869 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1870 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1871 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1872 else | |
| 1873 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1874 } | |
| 1875 } | |
| 1876 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1877 { | |
| 1878 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1879 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1880 * rest. */ | |
| 1881 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1882 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1883 else | |
| 1884 { | |
| 1885 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1886 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1887 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1888 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1889 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1890 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1891 * updating down. */ | |
| 1892 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1893 } | |
| 1894 } | |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1897 * entries. */ | |
| 1898 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1899 { | |
| 1900 if (j < i) | |
| 1901 { | |
| 1902 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1905 for (;;) | |
| 1906 { | |
| 1907 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1908 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1909 { | |
| 1910 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1911 break; | |
| 1912 } | |
| 1913 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1914 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1915 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1916 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1917 { | |
| 1918 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1919 break; | |
| 1920 } | |
| 1921 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1922 ++i; | |
| 1923 } | |
| 1924 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1925 bot_start = x; | |
| 1926 } | |
| 1927 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1928 { | |
| 1929 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1930 j -= i; | |
| 1931 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1932 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1933 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1934 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1935 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1938 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1939 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1940 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1941 { | |
| 1942 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1943 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1944 } | |
| 1945 } | |
| 1946 } | |
| 1947 } | |
| 1948 } | |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1951 /* | |
| 1952 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1953 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1954 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1955 */ | |
| 1956 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1957 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1958 { | |
| 1959 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1960 ++row; | |
| 1961 --fold_count; | |
| 1962 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1963 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1964 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1965 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1966 # endif | |
| 1967 } | |
| 1968 else | |
| 1969 #endif | |
| 1970 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1971 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1972 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1973 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1974 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1975 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1976 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1977 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1978 #endif | |
| 1979 ) | |
| 1980 { | |
| 1981 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1982 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1983 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 else | |
| 1986 { | |
| 1987 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1988 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 1989 #endif | |
| 1990 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1991 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 1992 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1993 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1994 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1995 #endif | |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 /* | |
| 1998 * Display one line. | |
| 1999 */ | |
| 625 | 2000 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 2001 |
| 2002 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2003 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 2004 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 2005 #endif | |
| 2006 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2007 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 2008 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 2009 #endif | |
| 2010 } | |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 2013 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 2014 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 2015 { | |
| 2016 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 3318 | 2017 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2018 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); |
| 2019 ++idx; | |
| 2020 break; | |
| 2021 } | |
| 3318 | 2022 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2023 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; |
| 2024 ++idx; | |
| 2025 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2026 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 2027 #else | |
| 2028 ++lnum; | |
| 2029 #endif | |
| 2030 } | |
| 2031 else | |
| 2032 { | |
| 2033 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 2034 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 2035 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 2036 break; | |
| 2037 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2038 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 2039 #else | |
| 2040 ++lnum; | |
| 2041 #endif | |
| 2042 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2043 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 2044 #endif | |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2048 { | |
| 2049 eof = TRUE; | |
| 2050 break; | |
| 2051 } | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 /* | |
| 2054 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 2055 */ | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 2059 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2062 /* | |
| 2063 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 2064 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2065 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 2066 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 2067 #endif | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 /* | |
| 2070 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 2071 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 2072 */ | |
| 2073 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 2074 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2075 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 2076 #endif | |
| 2077 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 2078 { | |
| 2079 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2080 { | |
| 2081 /* | |
| 2082 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 2083 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 2084 */ | |
| 2085 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 2086 } | |
| 2087 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2088 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 2089 { | |
| 2090 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 2091 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2092 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 2093 } | |
| 2094 #endif | |
| 2095 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 2096 { | |
| 2097 /* | |
| 2098 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 2099 */ | |
| 2100 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 2101 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 2102 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2103 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2104 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 2105 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2106 } | |
| 2107 else | |
| 2108 { | |
| 2109 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 2110 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2111 } | |
| 2112 } | |
| 2113 else | |
| 2114 { | |
| 2115 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2116 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 2117 #endif | |
| 2118 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 2119 { | |
| 2120 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 2121 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2122 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 2123 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 2124 { | |
| 2125 /* | |
| 2126 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 2127 */ | |
| 2128 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 2129 i = '-'; | |
| 2130 else | |
| 2131 i = fill_diff; | |
| 2132 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 2133 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 2134 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 2135 row += j; | |
| 2136 } | |
| 2137 #endif | |
| 2138 } | |
| 3318 | 2139 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2140 wp->w_botline = lnum; |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 2143 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 2144 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 2145 } | |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 2148 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 2149 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2150 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2151 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 2152 #endif | |
| 2153 | |
| 3318 | 2154 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2155 { |
| 2156 /* | |
| 2157 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 2158 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 2159 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 2160 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 2161 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 2162 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 2163 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 2164 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 2165 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 2166 * changes are relevant). | |
| 2167 */ | |
| 2168 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 2169 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 2170 { | |
| 2171 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 2172 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 2173 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 2174 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 2175 { | |
| 2176 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 2177 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 2178 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 2179 win_update(curwin); | |
| 2180 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 2181 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 2182 } | |
| 2183 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 2184 } | |
| 2185 } | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 2188 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 2189 if (!got_int) | |
| 2190 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2191 #endif | |
| 2192 } | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2195 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 /* | |
| 2198 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2199 */ | |
| 2200 static int | |
| 2201 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2202 win_T *wp; | |
| 2203 { | |
| 2204 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2205 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2206 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 2207 # endif |
| 2208 ); | |
| 2209 } | |
| 2210 #endif | |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 /* | |
| 2213 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2214 * as the filler character. | |
| 2215 */ | |
| 2216 static void | |
| 2217 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2218 win_T *wp; | |
| 2219 int c1; | |
| 2220 int c2; | |
| 2221 int row; | |
| 2222 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2223 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2224 { |
| 2225 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2226 int n = 0; | |
| 2227 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2228 #else | |
| 2229 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2230 #endif | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2233 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2234 { | |
| 2235 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2236 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2237 n = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 if (n > 0) | |
| 2240 { | |
| 2241 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2242 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2243 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2244 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2245 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2246 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2247 } | |
| 2248 # endif | |
| 2249 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2250 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2251 { | |
| 2252 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2255 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2256 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2257 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2258 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2259 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2260 n = nn; | |
| 2261 } | |
| 2262 # endif | |
| 2263 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2264 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2265 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2266 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2267 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2268 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2269 } | |
| 2270 else | |
| 2271 #endif | |
| 2272 { | |
| 2273 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2274 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2275 { | |
| 2276 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2277 n = 1; | |
| 2278 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2279 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2280 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2281 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2282 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2283 } | |
| 2284 #endif | |
| 2285 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2286 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 2287 { | |
| 2288 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2291 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2292 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2293 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2294 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2295 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2296 n = nn; | |
| 2297 } | |
| 2298 #endif | |
| 2299 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2300 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2301 { | |
| 2302 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2305 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2306 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2307 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2308 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2309 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2310 n = nn; | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 #endif | |
| 2313 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2314 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2315 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2316 } | |
| 2317 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2318 } | |
| 2319 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2320 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2321 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2322 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2323 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2324 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2325 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2326 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2327 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2328 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2329 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2330 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2331 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2332 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2333 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2334 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2335 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2336 |
| 7 | 2337 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2338 /* | |
| 2339 * Display one folded line. | |
| 2340 */ | |
| 2341 static void | |
| 2342 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2343 win_T *wp; | |
| 2344 long fold_count; | |
| 2345 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2346 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2347 int row; | |
| 2348 { | |
| 2349 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2350 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2351 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2352 int len; | |
| 29 | 2353 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2354 int fdc; |
| 2355 int col; | |
| 2356 int txtcol; | |
| 2357 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2358 int ri; |
| 7 | 2359 |
| 2360 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2361 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2362 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2363 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2364 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2365 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2366 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2367 */ | |
| 2368 col = 0; | |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 /* | |
| 2371 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2372 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2373 */ | |
| 2374 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2375 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2376 { | |
| 2377 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2378 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2380 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2381 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2382 #endif | |
| 2383 ++col; | |
| 2384 } | |
| 2385 #endif | |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 /* | |
| 2388 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 2389 */ | |
| 2390 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2391 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2392 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2393 if (fdc > 0) | |
| 2394 { | |
| 2395 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2396 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2397 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2398 { | |
| 2399 int i; | |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2402 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2403 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2404 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2405 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2406 } | |
| 2407 else | |
| 2408 #endif | |
| 2409 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2410 col += fdc; | |
| 2411 } | |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2414 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2415 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2416 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2417 else \ | |
| 2418 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2419 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2420 #else |
| 216 | 2421 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2422 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2423 #endif |
| 2424 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2425 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2426 * text */ |
| 216 | 2427 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2428 |
| 2429 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2430 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2431 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2432 { | |
| 2433 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2434 if (len > 0) | |
| 2435 { | |
| 2436 if (len > 2) | |
| 2437 len = 2; | |
| 2438 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2439 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2440 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2441 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2442 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2443 else | |
| 2444 # endif | |
| 2445 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2446 col += len; | |
| 2447 } | |
| 2448 } | |
| 2449 #endif | |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2452 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2453 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2454 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2455 { |
| 2456 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2457 if (len > 0) | |
| 2458 { | |
| 13 | 2459 int w = number_width(wp); |
| 5905 | 2460 long num; |
| 2461 char *fmt = "%*ld "; | |
| 13 | 2462 |
| 2463 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2464 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2465 |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2466 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2467 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2468 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2469 else |
| 4065 | 2470 { |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2471 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 2472 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2473 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2474 { |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2475 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2476 * line number */ |
| 4065 | 2477 num = lnum; |
| 2478 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
| 2479 } | |
| 2480 } | |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); | |
| 7 | 2483 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2484 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2485 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2486 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2487 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2488 else | |
| 2489 #endif | |
| 2490 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2491 col += len; | |
| 2492 } | |
| 2493 } | |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 /* | |
| 2496 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2497 */ | |
| 29 | 2498 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2499 |
| 2500 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 /* | |
| 2503 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2504 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2505 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2506 */ | |
| 2507 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2508 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2509 { | |
| 2510 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2511 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2512 int i; | |
| 7 | 2513 int idx; |
| 2514 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2515 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2516 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2517 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2518 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2519 # endif | |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2522 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2523 idx = off; | |
| 2524 else | |
| 2525 # endif | |
| 2526 idx = off + col; | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2529 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2530 { | |
| 2531 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2532 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2533 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2534 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2535 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2536 # endif | |
| 2537 ) | |
| 2538 break; | |
| 2539 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2540 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2541 { | |
| 714 | 2542 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2543 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2544 { |
| 2545 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2546 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2547 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2548 #endif | |
| 2549 } | |
| 2550 else | |
| 2551 { | |
| 2552 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2553 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2554 { | |
| 2555 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2556 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2557 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2558 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2561 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2562 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2563 { | |
| 2564 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2565 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2566 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2567 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2568 } |
| 2569 else | |
| 2570 { | |
| 714 | 2571 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2572 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2573 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2574 } |
| 2575 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2576 | |
| 714 | 2577 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2578 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2579 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2580 } | |
| 2581 else | |
| 2582 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2583 #endif | |
| 2584 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2585 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2586 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2587 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2588 else | |
| 1401 | 2589 #endif |
| 7 | 2590 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2591 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2592 { | |
| 2593 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2594 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2595 break; | |
| 2596 } | |
| 7 | 2597 } |
| 2598 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2599 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2600 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2601 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2602 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2603 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2604 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2605 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2606 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2607 col += cells; |
| 2608 idx += cells; | |
| 2609 p += c_len; | |
| 2610 } | |
| 2611 } | |
| 2612 else | |
| 2613 #endif | |
| 2614 { | |
| 2615 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2616 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2617 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2618 if (len > 0) | |
| 2619 { | |
| 2620 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2621 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2622 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2623 else | |
| 2624 #endif | |
| 2625 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2626 col += len; | |
| 2627 } | |
| 2628 } | |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2631 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2632 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2633 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2634 #endif | |
| 2635 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2636 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2637 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2638 #endif | |
| 2639 ) | |
| 2640 { | |
| 2641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2642 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2643 { | |
| 2644 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2645 { | |
| 2646 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2647 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2648 } |
| 2649 else | |
| 2650 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2651 } | |
| 2652 #endif | |
| 2653 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 if (text != buf) | |
| 2657 vim_free(text); | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 /* | |
| 2660 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2661 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2662 */ | |
| 2663 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2664 { | |
| 2665 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2666 { | |
| 2667 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2668 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2669 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2670 } | |
| 2671 else | |
| 2672 { | |
| 2673 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2674 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2675 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2676 } | |
| 2677 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2678 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2679 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2680 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2681 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2682 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2683 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2684 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2685 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2686 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2687 { |
| 2688 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2689 { | |
| 2690 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2691 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2692 { | |
| 3040 | 2693 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL |
| 2694 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol | |
| 2695 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 7 | 2696 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; |
| 2697 else | |
| 2698 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2699 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2700 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2701 } |
| 2702 } | |
| 2703 else | |
| 216 | 2704 { |
| 7 | 2705 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2706 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2707 } | |
| 7 | 2708 } |
| 2709 } | |
| 2710 | |
| 743 | 2711 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 2712 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
| 1725 | 2713 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2714 { | |
| 2715 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2716 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2717 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2718 else | |
| 2719 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2720 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2721 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2722 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2723 } | |
| 743 | 2724 #endif |
| 7 | 2725 |
| 2726 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2727 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 /* | |
| 2730 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2731 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2732 */ | |
| 2733 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2734 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2735 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2736 { | |
| 2737 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2738 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2739 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2740 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2741 } | |
| 2742 } | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 /* | |
| 2745 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2746 */ | |
| 2747 static void | |
| 2748 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2749 int off; | |
| 2750 char_u *buf; | |
| 2751 int len; | |
| 2752 int attr; | |
| 2753 { | |
| 216 | 2754 int i; |
| 2755 | |
| 7 | 2756 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2757 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2758 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2759 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2760 # endif | |
| 216 | 2761 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2762 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2763 } |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 /* | |
| 2766 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2767 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2768 */ |
| 2769 static void | |
| 2770 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2771 char_u *p; | |
| 2772 win_T *wp; | |
| 2773 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2774 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2775 { | |
| 2776 int i = 0; | |
| 2777 int level; | |
| 2778 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2779 int empty; |
| 7 | 2780 |
| 2781 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 2782 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); | |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2785 if (level > 0) | |
| 2786 { | |
| 519 | 2787 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 2788 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; | |
| 2789 | |
| 7 | 2790 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2791 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 519 | 2792 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2793 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2794 first_level = 1; | |
| 2795 | |
| 519 | 2796 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2797 { |
| 2798 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2799 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2800 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2801 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2802 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2803 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2804 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2805 else | |
| 2806 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2807 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2808 break; | |
| 2809 } | |
| 2810 } | |
| 2811 if (closed) | |
| 548 | 2812 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2813 } |
| 2814 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 /* | |
| 2817 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2818 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2819 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2820 * | |
| 2821 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2822 */ | |
| 2823 static int | |
| 625 | 2824 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2825 win_T *wp; |
| 2826 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2827 int startrow; | |
| 2828 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2829 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2830 { |
| 2831 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2832 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2833 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2834 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 2835 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ | |
| 2836 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2837 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2838 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2839 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2842 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2843 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 7 | 2844 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2845 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2846 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2847 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2848 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2849 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2852 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2853 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2854 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2855 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2858 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2859 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2860 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2865 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2866 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2867 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2868 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2869 pos_T pos; |
| 2870 long v; | |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2873 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2874 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2875 in this line */ | |
| 2876 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2877 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2878 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2879 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2880 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2881 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2882 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2883 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2884 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2885 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2886 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2887 #endif |
| 2888 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2889 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2890 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2891 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2892 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2893 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2894 starts */ |
| 221 | 2895 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2896 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2897 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2898 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2899 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2900 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2901 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2902 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2903 #endif |
| 2904 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2906 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2907 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2908 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2909 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2910 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2911 #endif |
| 2912 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2913 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2914 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2915 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2916 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2917 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2918 #endif | |
| 2919 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2920 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2921 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2922 #endif | |
| 910 | 2923 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2924 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2925 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2926 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2927 #endif |
| 2928 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2929 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2930 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2931 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2932 has been processed or not */ | |
| 5979 | 2933 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
| 2934 in progress */ | |
| 1326 | 2935 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol |
| 2936 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2937 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2938 #endif |
| 2939 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2940 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2941 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2942 #endif | |
| 910 | 2943 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 2944 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 2945 #endif | |
| 7 | 2946 |
| 2947 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 2948 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 2949 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2950 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 2951 #else | |
| 2952 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 2953 #endif | |
| 2954 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2955 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 2956 #else | |
| 2957 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 2958 #endif | |
| 2959 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2960 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 2961 #else | |
| 2962 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 2963 #endif | |
| 2964 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 5995 | 2965 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 2966 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ | |
| 2967 #else | |
| 2968 # define WL_BRI WL_NR | |
| 2969 #endif | |
| 7 | 2970 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
| 5995 | 2971 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ |
| 7 | 2972 #else |
| 5995 | 2973 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI |
| 7 | 2974 #endif |
| 2975 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 2976 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 2977 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2978 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 2979 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 2980 #endif | |
| 2981 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2982 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2983 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
2984 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2985 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2986 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2987 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2988 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2989 wrapping */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
2990 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
2991 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2992 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
2993 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
2994 { \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
2995 n_extra += vcol_off; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
2996 vcol -= vcol_off; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
2997 vcol_off = 0; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
2998 col -= boguscols; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
2999 boguscols = 0; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3000 } |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3001 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3002 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3003 #endif |
| 7 | 3004 |
| 3005 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 3006 return startrow; | |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 row = startrow; | |
| 3009 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 /* | |
| 3012 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 3013 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 3014 */ | |
| 3015 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3016 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 3017 #else | |
| 3018 extra_check = 0; | |
| 3019 #endif | |
| 3020 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3021 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 3022 { |
| 3023 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 3024 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 3025 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 3026 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 3027 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 3028 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3029 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3030 else |
| 3031 { | |
| 3032 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 3033 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 3034 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3035 } | |
| 3036 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3037 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3038 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3039 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3040 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3041 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 3042 #endif |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 3045 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3046 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3047 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3048 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 3049 { |
| 3050 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 3051 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 3052 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 3053 |
| 3054 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 3055 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 3056 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 3057 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 3058 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 3059 { | |
| 3060 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 3061 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3062 } | |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 3065 * line is valid. */ | |
| 3066 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 3067 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 3068 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 3069 |
| 3070 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 3071 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 3072 * the first word. */ | |
| 3073 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 3074 cap_col = -1; | |
| 3075 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 3076 cap_col = 0; | |
| 3077 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 3078 } |
| 7 | 3079 #endif |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 /* | |
| 3082 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 3083 */ | |
| 3084 fromcol = -10; | |
| 3085 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3086 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3087 { | |
| 3088 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3089 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 3090 { | |
| 3091 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3092 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 3093 } | |
| 3094 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3095 { | |
| 3096 top = &VIsual; | |
| 3097 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3098 } | |
| 1813 | 3099 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 3100 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 3101 { | |
| 1813 | 3102 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 3103 { |
| 3104 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 3105 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 3106 } | |
| 3107 } | |
| 3108 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 3109 { | |
| 3110 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 3111 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3112 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 3113 { | |
| 3114 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 3115 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3116 else | |
| 3117 { | |
| 3118 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3119 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 3120 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 3121 } | |
| 3122 } | |
| 3123 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 3124 { | |
| 3125 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 3126 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3127 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 3128 #endif | |
| 3129 ) | |
| 3130 { | |
| 3131 fromcol = -10; | |
| 3132 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3133 } | |
| 36 | 3134 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 3135 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3136 else |
| 3137 { | |
| 3138 pos = *bot; | |
| 3139 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3140 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3141 else | |
| 3142 { | |
| 3143 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 3144 ++tocol; | |
| 3145 } | |
| 3146 } | |
| 3147 } | |
| 3148 } | |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 3151 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 3152 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 3153 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3154 && !gui.in_use | |
| 3155 # endif | |
| 3156 ) | |
| 3157 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 3158 #endif | |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 3161 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3162 { | |
| 3163 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3164 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 3165 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 3674 | 3166 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned |
| 3167 && clip_isautosel_star()) | |
| 3168 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned | |
| 3169 && clip_isautosel_plus())) | |
| 7 | 3170 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); |
| 3171 #endif | |
| 3172 } | |
| 3173 } | |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 /* | |
| 674 | 3176 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 3177 */ |
| 5735 | 3178 else if (highlight_match |
| 7 | 3179 && wp == curwin |
| 3180 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 3181 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3182 { | |
| 3183 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3184 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 3185 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3186 else | |
| 3187 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3188 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3189 { | |
| 3190 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3191 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 3192 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3193 } | |
| 3194 else | |
| 3195 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 3196 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 3197 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 3198 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 3199 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 3200 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 3201 } | |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3204 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 3205 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 3206 { | |
| 3207 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 3208 { | |
| 3209 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 3210 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3211 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 3212 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 3213 else | |
| 3214 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3215 } | |
| 3216 else | |
| 3217 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3218 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3219 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3220 } | |
| 3221 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3222 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3223 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3224 #endif | |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3227 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3228 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3229 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3230 if (v != 0) | |
| 3231 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3232 # endif | |
| 3233 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3234 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3235 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3236 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3237 # endif | |
| 3238 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3239 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3240 #endif | |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3243 ptr = line; | |
| 3244 | |
| 743 | 3245 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3246 if (has_spell) |
| 3247 { | |
| 386 | 3248 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3249 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3250 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3251 |
| 348 | 3252 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3253 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3254 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3255 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3256 { | |
| 3257 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3258 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3259 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3260 } | |
| 3261 else | |
| 3262 { | |
| 835 | 3263 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3264 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3265 { | |
| 3266 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3267 * next line. */ | |
| 3268 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3269 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3270 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3271 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3272 } | |
| 3273 else | |
| 3274 { | |
| 3275 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3276 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3277 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3278 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3279 } | |
| 3280 } | |
| 3281 } | |
| 3282 #endif | |
| 3283 | |
| 7 | 3284 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3285 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3286 { | |
| 3287 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3288 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3289 --trailcol; | |
| 3290 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3291 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3292 } | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 /* | |
| 3295 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3296 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3297 */ | |
| 3298 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3299 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3300 else | |
| 3301 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3302 if (v > 0) | |
| 3303 { | |
| 3304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3305 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3306 #endif | |
| 3307 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3308 { | |
| 5995 | 3309 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); |
| 7 | 3310 vcol += c; |
| 3311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3312 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3313 #endif |
| 3314 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3315 } |
| 3316 | |
| 1984 | 3317 /* When: |
| 3318 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3319 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3320 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3321 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3322 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3323 */ | |
| 3324 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 5735 | 3325 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3326 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || | |
| 3327 #endif | |
| 3328 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3329 virtual_active() || | |
| 3330 #endif | |
| 3331 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) | |
| 1984 | 3332 { |
| 7 | 3333 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3334 } |
| 7 | 3335 |
| 3336 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3337 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3338 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3339 { | |
| 3340 vcol -= c; | |
| 3341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3342 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3343 #else | |
| 3344 --ptr; | |
| 3345 #endif | |
| 3346 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3347 } | |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 /* | |
| 3350 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3351 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3352 */ | |
| 3353 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3354 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3355 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3356 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3357 | |
| 3358 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3359 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3360 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3361 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3362 #endif | |
| 743 | 3363 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3364 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3365 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3366 if (has_spell) | |
| 3367 { | |
| 3368 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3369 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3370 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3371 |
| 3372 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3373 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3374 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3375 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3376 |
| 3377 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3378 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3379 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3380 | |
| 530 | 3381 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3382 { |
| 3383 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3384 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3385 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 3572 | 3386 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3387 } |
| 3388 else | |
| 534 | 3389 { |
| 499 | 3390 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3391 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3392 | |
| 534 | 3393 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3394 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3395 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3396 } | |
| 499 | 3397 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3398 |
| 743 | 3399 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3400 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3401 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3402 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3403 # endif |
| 499 | 3404 } |
| 3405 #endif | |
| 7 | 3406 } |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 /* | |
| 3409 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3410 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3411 */ | |
| 3412 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3413 { | |
| 3414 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3415 { | |
| 3416 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3417 { | |
| 3418 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3419 * cursor */ | |
| 3420 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3421 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3424 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3425 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3426 } | |
| 3427 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3428 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3429 } | |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3432 /* | |
| 1326 | 3433 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3434 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3435 */ |
| 1326 | 3436 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3437 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3438 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3439 { | |
| 3440 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3443 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3444 } | |
| 3445 else | |
| 3446 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3447 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3448 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3449 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 5979 | 3450 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 3451 if (cur != NULL) | |
| 3452 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 3453 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); | |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3456 * invalid. */ | |
| 3457 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3458 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3461 { | |
| 3462 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3463 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 3464 else | |
| 3465 shl->startcol = 0; | |
| 3466 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 3467 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 3468 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 3469 else | |
| 3470 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3471 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ | |
| 3472 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 3473 { | |
| 3474 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3475 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) | |
| 3476 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); | |
| 7 | 3477 else |
| 5979 | 3478 #endif |
| 3479 ++shl->endcol; | |
| 3480 } | |
| 3481 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ | |
| 3482 { | |
| 3483 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3484 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3485 } | |
| 3486 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3487 } |
| 1326 | 3488 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3489 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3490 } |
| 3491 #endif | |
| 3492 | |
| 743 | 3493 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3494 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3495 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3496 * then. */ |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3497 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 5979 | 3498 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) |
| 743 | 3499 { |
| 3500 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3501 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3502 } | |
| 3503 #endif | |
| 3504 | |
| 504 | 3505 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3506 col = 0; |
| 3507 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3508 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3509 { | |
| 3510 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3511 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3512 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3513 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3514 off += col; | |
| 3515 } | |
| 3516 #endif | |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 /* | |
| 3519 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3520 */ | |
| 3521 for (;;) | |
| 3522 { | |
| 3523 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
| 3524 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3525 { | |
| 3526 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3527 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3528 { | |
| 3529 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3530 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3533 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3534 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3535 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3536 } | |
| 3537 } | |
| 3538 #endif | |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3541 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3542 { | |
| 3543 draw_state = WL_FOLD; | |
| 3544 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 3545 { | |
| 3546 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3547 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 3548 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 3549 p_extra = extra; | |
| 1340 | 3550 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3551 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3552 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3553 } | |
| 3554 } | |
| 3555 #endif | |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3558 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3559 { | |
| 3560 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3561 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3562 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 5921 | 3563 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) |
| 7 | 3564 { |
| 2661 | 3565 int text_sign; |
| 7 | 3566 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS |
| 2661 | 3567 int icon_sign; |
| 7 | 3568 # endif |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3571 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3572 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3573 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3574 | |
| 5921 | 3575 if (row == startrow |
| 3576 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3577 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3578 #endif | |
| 3579 ) | |
| 7 | 3580 { |
| 3581 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3582 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3583 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3584 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3585 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3586 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3587 { | |
| 3588 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3589 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3590 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3591 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3592 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3593 # endif | |
| 3594 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3595 } | |
| 3596 else | |
| 3597 # endif | |
| 3598 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3599 { | |
| 3600 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3601 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3602 { | |
| 3603 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3604 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3605 } |
| 3606 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3607 } | |
| 3608 } | |
| 3609 } | |
| 3610 } | |
| 3611 #endif | |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3614 { | |
| 3615 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3616 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3617 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3618 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3619 && (row == startrow |
| 3620 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3621 + filler_lines | |
| 3622 #endif | |
| 3623 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3624 { | |
| 3625 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3626 if (row == startrow | |
| 3627 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3628 + filler_lines | |
| 3629 #endif | |
| 3630 ) | |
| 3631 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3632 long num; |
| 4065 | 3633 char *fmt = "%*ld "; |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3634 |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3635 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3636 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3637 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3638 else |
| 4065 | 3639 { |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3640 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 3641 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3642 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 4065 | 3643 { |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3644 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ |
| 4065 | 3645 num = lnum; |
| 3646 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
| 3647 } | |
| 3648 } | |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3651 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3652 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3653 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3654 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3655 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3656 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3657 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3658 #endif | |
| 3659 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3660 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3661 } | |
| 3662 else | |
| 3663 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3664 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3665 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3666 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3667 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3427 | 3668 * the current line differently. |
| 3669 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr | |
| 3670 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ | |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3671 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 4065 | 3672 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3427 | 3673 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); |
| 743 | 3674 #endif |
| 7 | 3675 } |
| 3676 } | |
| 3677 | |
| 5995 | 3678 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 3679 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 | |
| 3680 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) | |
| 3681 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ | |
| 3682 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
| 3683 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3684 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ | |
| 3685 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; | |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ | |
| 3688 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3689 { | |
| 3690 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
| 3691 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3692 # endif | |
| 3693 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow | |
| 3694 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3695 && filler_lines == 0 | |
| 3696 #endif | |
| 3697 ) | |
| 3698 { | |
| 3699 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ | |
| 3700 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3701 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) | |
| 3702 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); | |
| 3703 #endif | |
| 3704 p_extra = NUL; | |
| 3705 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3706 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, | |
| 3707 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); | |
| 3708 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', | |
| 3709 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3710 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3711 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3712 } | |
| 3713 } | |
| 3714 #endif | |
| 3715 | |
| 7 | 3716 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
| 3717 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3718 { | |
| 3719 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3720 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3721 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3722 { | |
| 3723 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3724 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3725 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3726 else | |
| 3727 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3728 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3729 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3730 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3731 else | |
| 3732 # endif | |
| 3733 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3734 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3735 } | |
| 3736 # endif | |
| 3737 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3738 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3739 { | |
| 3740 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3741 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3742 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3743 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3744 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3745 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 3746 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', | |
| 3747 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3748 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3749 tocol += n_extra; | |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3750 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3751 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3752 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3753 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HLF_CLN); |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3754 #endif |
| 7 | 3755 } |
| 3756 # endif | |
| 3757 } | |
| 3758 #endif | |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3761 { | |
| 3762 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3763 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3764 { | |
| 3765 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3766 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3767 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3768 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3769 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3770 } | |
| 3771 else | |
| 3772 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3773 } | |
| 3774 } | |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 3318 | 3777 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin |
| 819 | 3778 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 7 | 3779 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3780 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3781 #endif | |
| 3782 ) | |
| 3783 { | |
| 3784 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3785 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3786 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3787 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3788 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3789 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3790 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3791 else | |
| 3792 #endif | |
| 3793 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3794 break; |
| 3795 } | |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3798 { | |
| 3799 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3800 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3801 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3802 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3803 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3804 #endif | |
| 3805 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3806 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3807 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3808 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3809 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3810 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3811 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3812 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3815 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3816 { | |
| 3817 /* | |
| 3818 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3819 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3820 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3821 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3822 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3823 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3824 */ |
| 36 | 3825 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3826 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3827 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3828 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3829 { | |
| 3830 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3831 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3832 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3833 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3834 { | |
| 3835 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3836 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3837 } | |
| 3838 else | |
| 3839 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 5979 | 3840 if (cur != NULL) |
| 3841 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 3842 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
| 3843 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL | |
| 3844 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) | |
| 7 | 3845 { |
| 36 | 3846 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3847 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3848 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3849 { |
| 3850 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3851 } | |
| 36 | 3852 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3853 { |
| 3854 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 5979 | 3855 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); |
| 3856 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
| 3857 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3858 |
| 3859 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3860 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3861 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3862 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3865 { | |
| 36 | 3866 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3867 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3868 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3869 else |
| 36 | 3870 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3873 { |
| 3874 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3875 * it */ | |
| 3876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3877 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3878 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3879 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3880 else |
| 3881 #endif | |
| 36 | 3882 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3883 } |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3886 * current position */ | |
| 3887 continue; | |
| 3888 } | |
| 3889 } | |
| 3890 break; | |
| 3891 } | |
| 1326 | 3892 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3893 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3894 } | |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3897 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3898 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3899 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3900 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3901 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3902 { | |
| 3903 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3904 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3905 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3906 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 3907 { |
| 1326 | 3908 shl = &search_hl; |
| 3909 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 3910 } |
| 1326 | 3911 else |
| 3912 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 3913 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 3914 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 3915 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 3916 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3917 } | |
| 7 | 3918 } |
| 3919 #endif | |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 3922 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 3923 { |
| 1295 | 3924 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 3925 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3926 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 3927 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 3928 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3929 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 3930 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 3931 } | |
| 3932 #endif | |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 3935 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 3936 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 3937 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 3938 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 3939 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 3940 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3941 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
| 3942 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 3943 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 3944 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 3945 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 3946 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 3947 #endif | |
| 3948 else | |
| 3949 { | |
| 3950 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 3951 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3952 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3953 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 3954 else | |
| 3955 #endif | |
| 3956 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3957 } | |
| 7 | 3958 } |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 /* | |
| 3961 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 3962 */ | |
| 3963 /* | |
| 1340 | 3964 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 3965 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 3966 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 3967 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 3968 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 3969 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 3970 */ | |
| 3971 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 3972 { | |
| 3973 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 3974 { | |
| 3975 c = c_extra; | |
| 3976 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3977 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 3978 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 3979 { | |
| 3980 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 3981 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 3982 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3983 } |
| 3984 else | |
| 3985 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3986 #endif | |
| 3987 } | |
| 3988 else | |
| 3989 { | |
| 3990 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3991 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3992 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3993 { | |
| 3994 mb_c = c; | |
| 3995 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3996 { | |
| 3997 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 3998 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3999 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 4000 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 4001 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 4002 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4003 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4004 { | |
| 714 | 4005 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 4006 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 4007 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4008 } |
| 4009 } | |
| 4010 else | |
| 4011 { | |
| 4012 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 4013 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 4014 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 4015 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4016 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4017 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 4018 } | |
| 504 | 4019 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 4020 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4021 | |
| 7 | 4022 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 4023 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 4024 if (( |
| 7 | 4025 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4026 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 4027 # endif | |
| 504 | 4028 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 4029 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 4030 { | |
| 4031 c = '>'; | |
| 4032 mb_c = c; | |
| 4033 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4034 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4035 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4036 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 4037 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4038 ++n_extra; | |
| 4039 --p_extra; | |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 else | |
| 4042 { | |
| 4043 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4044 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4045 } | |
| 4046 } | |
| 4047 #endif | |
| 4048 ++p_extra; | |
| 4049 } | |
| 4050 --n_extra; | |
| 4051 } | |
| 4052 else | |
| 4053 { | |
| 4054 /* | |
| 4055 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 4056 */ | |
| 4057 c = *ptr; | |
| 4058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4059 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4060 { | |
| 4061 mb_c = c; | |
| 4062 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4063 { | |
| 4064 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 4065 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 4066 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 4067 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 4068 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4069 { | |
| 714 | 4070 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 4071 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 4072 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 4073 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 4074 c = mb_c; | |
| 4075 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 4076 |
| 4077 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 4078 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 4079 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 4080 { | |
| 1326 | 4081 int i; |
| 4082 | |
| 714 | 4083 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 4084 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 4085 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 4086 mb_c = ' '; |
| 4087 } | |
| 7 | 4088 } |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 4091 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 4092 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 4093 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 4094 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 4095 # endif | |
| 4096 ))) | |
| 7 | 4097 { |
| 4098 /* | |
| 4099 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 4100 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 4101 */ | |
| 1401 | 4102 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 4103 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 4104 # endif |
| 7 | 4105 { |
| 4106 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 4107 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 4108 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 4109 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 4110 # endif |
| 7 | 4111 } |
| 1401 | 4112 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 4113 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 4114 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 4115 else | |
| 4116 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 4117 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 4118 # endif |
| 7 | 4119 |
| 4120 p_extra = extra; | |
| 4121 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4122 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 4123 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 4124 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 4125 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4126 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4127 { | |
| 4128 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4129 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4130 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4131 } | |
| 4132 } | |
| 4133 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 4134 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4135 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 4136 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 4137 { | |
| 4138 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 4139 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 4140 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 4141 |
| 4142 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 4143 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 4144 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4145 { | |
| 4146 pc = prev_c; | |
| 4147 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 4148 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 4149 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 4150 } |
| 4151 else | |
| 4152 { | |
| 714 | 4153 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 4154 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 4155 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 4156 } |
| 4157 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 4158 | |
| 714 | 4159 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 4160 } |
| 4161 else | |
| 4162 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 4163 #endif | |
| 4164 } | |
| 4165 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 4166 { | |
| 4167 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 4168 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 4169 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4170 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4171 { | |
| 4172 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 4173 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 4174 */ | |
| 4175 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 4176 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 4177 else | |
| 4178 { | |
| 4179 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 4180 { | |
| 4181 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 4182 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4183 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 4184 } | |
| 4185 else | |
| 4186 { | |
| 4187 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 4188 mb_l = 2; | |
| 4189 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 4190 } | |
| 4191 p_extra = extra; | |
| 4192 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 4193 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4194 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 4195 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4196 { | |
| 4197 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4198 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4199 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4200 } | |
| 4201 mb_c = c; | |
| 4202 } | |
| 4203 } | |
| 4204 } | |
| 4205 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 4206 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 4207 * next line. */ | |
| 4208 if (( | |
| 4209 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4210 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 4211 # endif | |
| 4212 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 4213 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 4214 { | |
| 4215 c = '>'; | |
| 4216 mb_c = c; | |
| 4217 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4218 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4219 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4220 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 4221 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4222 --ptr; | |
| 4223 } | |
| 4224 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 4225 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4228 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
| 4352 | 4229 * characters. */ |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4230 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
| 7 | 4231 { |
| 4232 n_extra = 1; | |
| 3586 | 4233 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; |
| 7 | 4234 c = ' '; |
| 4235 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4236 { | |
| 4237 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4238 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4239 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 mb_c = c; | |
| 4242 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4243 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4244 } | |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 } | |
| 4247 #endif | |
| 4248 ++ptr; | |
| 4249 | |
| 12 | 4250 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
| 819 | 4251 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
| 4252 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4253 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
| 4254 #endif | |
| 4255 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 12 | 4256 { |
| 4257 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
| 4258 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4259 { | |
| 4260 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4261 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4262 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4263 } | |
| 4264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4265 mb_c = c; | |
| 4266 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4267 { | |
| 4268 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4269 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4270 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4271 } |
| 4272 else | |
| 4273 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4274 #endif | |
| 4275 } | |
| 4276 | |
| 7 | 4277 if (extra_check) |
| 4278 { | |
| 743 | 4279 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4280 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4281 #endif |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4284 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4285 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4286 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4287 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4288 { |
| 4289 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4290 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4291 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4292 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4293 | |
| 221 | 4294 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4295 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4296 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4297 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4298 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4299 |
| 4300 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4301 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4302 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4303 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4304 } | |
| 7 | 4305 else |
| 4306 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4309 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4310 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4311 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4312 | |
| 674 | 4313 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4314 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4315 else |
| 303 | 4316 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4317 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4318 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4319 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4320 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4321 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4322 else |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4323 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4324 # endif |
| 7 | 4325 } |
| 743 | 4326 #endif |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4329 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4330 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4331 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4332 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4333 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4334 { |
| 230 | 4335 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4336 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4337 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4338 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4339 # endif |
| 4340 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4341 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4342 !has_syntax || | |
| 4343 # endif | |
| 4344 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4345 { |
| 348 | 4346 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4347 int len; | |
| 534 | 4348 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4349 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4350 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4351 { | |
| 4352 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4353 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4354 } | |
| 4355 else | |
| 221 | 4356 # endif |
| 336 | 4357 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4358 |
| 4359 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4360 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4361 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4362 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4363 else | |
| 4364 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4365 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4366 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4367 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4368 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4369 |
| 4370 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4371 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4372 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4373 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4374 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4375 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4376 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4377 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4378 { |
| 534 | 4379 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4380 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4381 } |
| 348 | 4382 |
| 534 | 4383 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4384 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4385 { | |
| 4386 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4387 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4388 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4389 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4390 } |
| 386 | 4391 |
| 534 | 4392 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4393 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4394 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4395 | |
| 386 | 4396 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4397 { | |
| 4398 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4399 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4400 { | |
| 4401 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4402 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4403 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4404 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4405 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4406 } |
| 4407 else | |
| 4408 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4409 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4410 } |
| 221 | 4411 } |
| 4412 } | |
| 4413 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4414 { |
| 674 | 4415 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4416 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4417 else | |
| 4418 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4419 } | |
| 7 | 4420 #endif |
| 4421 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4422 /* | |
| 221 | 4423 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4424 */ |
| 4425 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) | |
| 819 | 4426 && !wp->w_p_list) |
| 7 | 4427 { |
| 5995 | 4428 char_u *p = ptr - ( |
| 7 | 4429 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4430 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
| 4431 # endif | |
| 5995 | 4432 1); |
| 4433 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ | |
| 4434 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, p, p, (colnr_T)vcol, | |
| 4435 NULL) - 1; | |
| 7 | 4436 c_extra = ' '; |
| 4437 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4438 { |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4439 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4440 if (c == TAB) |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4441 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4442 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4443 #endif |
| 7 | 4444 c = ' '; |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4445 } |
| 7 | 4446 } |
| 4447 #endif | |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4450 { | |
| 4451 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4452 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4453 { |
| 4454 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4455 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4456 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4457 } | |
| 4458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4459 mb_c = c; | |
| 4460 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4461 { | |
| 4462 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4463 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4464 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4465 } |
| 4466 else | |
| 4467 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4468 #endif | |
| 4469 } | |
| 4470 } | |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 /* | |
| 4473 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4474 */ | |
| 819 | 4475 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4476 { |
| 4477 /* | |
| 4478 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4479 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4480 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4481 */ | |
| 4482 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4483 { | |
| 4484 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4485 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 3984 | 4486 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; |
| 4487 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL | |
| 4488 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of | |
| 4489 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all | |
| 4490 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets vcol_off | |
| 4491 * and boguscols accumulated so far in the line. Note that | |
| 4492 * the tab can be longer than 'tabstop' when there | |
| 4493 * are concealed characters. */ | |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4494 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
| 3984 | 4495 #endif |
| 7 | 4496 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4497 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4498 #endif | |
| 4499 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4500 { | |
| 4501 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4502 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4503 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4504 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4505 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4506 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4507 mb_c = c; | |
| 4508 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4509 { | |
| 4510 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4511 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4512 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4513 } |
| 4514 #endif | |
| 4515 } | |
| 4516 else | |
| 4517 { | |
| 4518 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4519 c = ' '; | |
| 4520 } | |
| 4521 } | |
| 36 | 4522 else if (c == NUL |
| 4523 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
| 4524 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
| 4525 && tocol > vcol | |
| 4526 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4527 && ( | |
| 4528 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4529 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4530 # endif | |
| 4531 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4532 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4533 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4534 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 4535 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4536 { |
| 36 | 4537 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4538 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4539 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4540 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4541 * "$". */ | |
| 4542 if ( | |
| 4543 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4544 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4545 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4546 && | |
| 4547 # endif | |
| 4548 # endif | |
| 4549 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4550 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4551 # endif | |
| 4552 ) | |
| 4553 #endif | |
| 4554 { | |
| 4555 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4556 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4557 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4558 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4559 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4560 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4561 else | |
| 4562 #endif | |
| 4563 { | |
| 4564 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4565 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4566 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4567 } | |
| 4568 } | |
| 36 | 4569 if (wp->w_p_list) |
| 4570 c = lcs_eol; | |
| 4571 else | |
| 4572 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4573 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4574 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4575 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4576 { |
| 4577 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4578 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4579 } | |
| 4580 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4581 mb_c = c; | |
| 4582 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4583 { | |
| 4584 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4585 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4586 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4587 } |
| 4588 else | |
| 4589 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4590 #endif | |
| 4591 } | |
| 4592 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4593 { | |
| 4594 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 4595 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4596 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4597 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4598 #endif | |
| 4599 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4600 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4601 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 674 | 4602 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4603 { |
| 4604 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4605 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4606 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4609 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4610 #endif | |
| 4611 } | |
| 4612 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4613 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4614 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4615 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4616 && virtual_active() | |
| 4617 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4618 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4619 && ( | |
| 4620 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4621 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4622 # endif | |
| 4623 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4624 { | |
| 4625 c = ' '; | |
| 4626 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4627 } | |
| 4628 #endif | |
| 910 | 4629 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4630 else if (( |
| 4631 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4632 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4633 # endif |
| 4634 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4635 ) && ( | |
| 4636 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4637 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4638 # endif | |
|
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4639 (col |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4640 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4641 - boguscols |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4642 # endif |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4643 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
| 7 | 4644 { |
| 4645 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4646 c = ' '; | |
| 4647 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4648 |
| 4649 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4650 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4653 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4654 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4655 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4656 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4657 { | |
| 4658 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4659 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 4660 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); | |
| 4661 } | |
| 4662 # endif | |
| 4663 } | |
| 4664 #endif | |
| 4665 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4667 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4668 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4669 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4670 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
|
2380
b47748aa3236
Don't conceal text in lines inside the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4671 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4672 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4673 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4674 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4675 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4676 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4677 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4678 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4679 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4680 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4681 * character. */ |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4682 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4683 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4684 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4685 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4686 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4687 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4688 |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4689 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4690 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4691 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4692 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4693 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4694 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4695 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4696 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4697 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4698 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4699 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4700 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4701 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4702 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4703 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4704 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4705 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4706 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4707 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4708 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4709 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4710 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4711 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4712 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4713 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4714 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4715 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4716 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4717 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4718 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4719 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4720 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4721 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4722 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4723 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4724 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4725 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4726 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4727 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4728 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4729 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4730 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4731 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4732 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4733 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4734 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4735 } |
| 4736 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4737 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4738 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4739 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
|
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4740 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
|
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4741 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4742 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4743 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4744 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4745 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
|
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4746 wp->w_wrow = row; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4747 did_wcol = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4748 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4749 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4750 |
| 7 | 4751 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
| 4752 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4753 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4754 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4755 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4756 | |
| 42 | 4757 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4758 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4759 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4760 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4761 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4762 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4763 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4764 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4765 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4766 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4767 { | |
| 4768 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4771 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 4772 else |
| 4773 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 4774 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 4775 { | |
| 4776 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 4777 { | |
| 4778 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4779 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 4780 } | |
| 4781 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 4782 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 4783 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4784 feedback_col++; | |
| 4785 } | |
| 4786 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 4787 { | |
| 4788 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4789 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 4790 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4791 } | |
| 4792 } | |
| 4793 #endif | |
| 4794 /* | |
| 4795 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 4796 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 4797 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 4798 */ | |
| 4799 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 4800 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) | |
| 4801 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4802 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4803 #endif | |
| 4804 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 4805 && c != NUL) | |
| 4806 { | |
| 4807 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 4808 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 4809 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3586 | 4810 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
| 4811 { | |
| 4812 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" | |
| 4813 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ | |
| 4814 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; | |
| 4815 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4816 n_attr = 2; | |
| 4817 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4818 } | |
| 7 | 4819 mb_c = c; |
| 4820 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4821 { | |
| 4822 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4823 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4824 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4825 } |
| 4826 else | |
| 4827 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4828 #endif | |
| 674 | 4829 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4830 { |
| 4831 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4832 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 4833 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 4834 } | |
| 4835 } | |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 /* | |
| 867 | 4838 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 4839 */ |
| 867 | 4840 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 4841 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4842 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 4843 #endif | |
| 4844 ) | |
| 4845 { | |
| 4846 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4847 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 4848 |
| 4849 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 4850 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 4851 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 4852 #endif |
| 4853 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4854 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 4855 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 4856 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 4857 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 4858 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4859 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4860 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 4861 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4862 else | |
| 4863 { | |
| 4864 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4865 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 4866 { | |
| 4867 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 4868 { | |
| 4869 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4870 break; | |
| 4871 } | |
| 4872 cur = cur->next; | |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 } | |
| 4875 #endif | |
| 7 | 4876 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 4877 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 4878 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4879 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 4880 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4881 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 4882 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4883 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 4884 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 4885 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4886 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 4887 # endif | |
| 4888 ) | |
| 7 | 4889 #endif |
| 4890 )) | |
| 4891 { | |
| 4892 int n = 0; | |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4895 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4896 { | |
| 4897 if (col < 0) | |
| 4898 n = 1; | |
| 4899 } | |
| 4900 else | |
| 4901 #endif | |
| 4902 { | |
| 4903 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 4904 n = -1; | |
| 4905 } | |
| 4906 if (n != 0) | |
| 4907 { | |
| 4908 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 4909 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 4910 off += n; | |
| 4911 col += n; | |
| 4912 } | |
| 4913 else | |
| 4914 { | |
| 4915 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 4916 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4917 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4918 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4919 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4920 #endif | |
| 4921 } | |
| 4922 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4923 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 4924 { | |
| 1326 | 4925 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 4926 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 4927 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 4928 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4929 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4930 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 4931 { |
| 1326 | 4932 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 4933 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 4934 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 4935 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 4936 { |
| 1326 | 4937 shl = &search_hl; |
| 4938 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 4939 } |
| 1326 | 4940 else |
| 4941 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 4942 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 4943 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 4944 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 4945 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 4946 } |
| 7 | 4947 } |
| 4948 #endif | |
| 4949 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4950 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4951 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 4952 { |
| 7 | 4953 --col; |
| 1437 | 4954 --off; |
| 4955 } | |
| 7 | 4956 else |
| 4957 #endif | |
| 1437 | 4958 { |
| 7 | 4959 ++col; |
| 1437 | 4960 ++off; |
| 4961 } | |
| 743 | 4962 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 4963 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 4964 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 4965 #endif | |
| 743 | 4966 } |
| 867 | 4967 } |
| 4968 | |
| 4969 /* | |
| 4970 * At end of the text line. | |
| 4971 */ | |
| 4972 if (c == NUL) | |
| 4973 { | |
| 743 | 4974 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 4975 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 4976 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 4977 { |
| 4978 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 4979 --col; | |
| 4980 --off; | |
| 4981 --vcol; | |
| 4982 } | |
| 4983 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4984 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 4985 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 4986 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 4987 else | |
| 4988 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4989 |
| 820 | 4990 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 4991 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 4992 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4993 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4994 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4995 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4996 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4997 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4998 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4999 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5000 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5001 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5002 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5003 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5004 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5005 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5006 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5007 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5008 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 5009 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 5010 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 5011 # endif | |
| 5012 ) | |
| 5013 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5014 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5015 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5016 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5017 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5018 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5019 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5020 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5021 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5022 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5023 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5024 |
| 743 | 5025 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 5026 { | |
| 5027 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 5028 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5029 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5030 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5031 #endif | |
| 5032 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5033 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5034 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5035 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5036 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5037 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5038 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5039 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5040 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5041 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5042 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5043 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5044 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 5045 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5046 |
| 743 | 5047 ++vcol; |
| 5048 } | |
| 5049 } | |
| 5050 #endif | |
| 7 | 5051 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5052 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5053 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 5054 row++; |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 /* | |
| 5057 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 5058 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 5059 */ | |
| 5060 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5061 { | |
| 5062 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 5063 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 5064 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 5065 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 5066 #endif | |
| 5067 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 5068 } | |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 break; | |
| 5071 } | |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 5074 if (lcs_ext | |
| 5075 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5076 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5077 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5078 #endif | |
| 5079 && ( | |
| 5080 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5081 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 5082 #endif | |
| 5083 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 5084 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 5085 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 5086 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 5087 { | |
| 5088 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 5089 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 5090 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5091 mb_c = c; | |
| 5092 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 5093 { | |
| 5094 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 5095 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 5096 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 5097 } |
| 5098 else | |
| 5099 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 5100 #endif | |
| 5101 } | |
| 5102 | |
| 743 | 5103 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5104 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5105 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5106 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5107 |
| 743 | 5108 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5109 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5110 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5111 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5112 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5113 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5114 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5115 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5116 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5117 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5118 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5119 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5120 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
5121 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5122 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5123 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5124 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5125 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5126 } |
| 743 | 5127 #endif |
| 5128 | |
| 7 | 5129 /* |
| 5130 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 5131 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 5132 */ | |
| 5133 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 5134 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 5135 { | |
| 5136 /* | |
| 5137 * Store the character. | |
| 5138 */ | |
| 5139 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 5140 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 5141 { | |
| 5142 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 5143 --off; | |
| 5144 --col; | |
| 5145 } | |
| 5146 #endif | |
| 5147 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 5148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5149 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5150 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5151 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5152 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 5153 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5154 } |
| 7 | 5155 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 5156 { | |
| 5157 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 5158 { | |
| 1326 | 5159 int i; |
| 5160 | |
| 7 | 5161 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 5162 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 5163 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 5164 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 5165 { | |
| 5166 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 5167 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 5168 break; | |
| 5169 } | |
| 7 | 5170 } |
| 5171 else | |
| 5172 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5173 } | |
| 5174 if (multi_attr) | |
| 5175 { | |
| 5176 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 5177 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 5178 } | |
| 5179 else | |
| 5180 #endif | |
| 5181 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5184 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 5185 { | |
| 5186 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 5187 ++off; | |
| 5188 ++col; | |
| 5189 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5190 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 5191 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 5192 else | |
| 5193 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 5194 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 5195 ++vcol; | |
| 5196 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 5197 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 5198 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 5199 ++tocol; | |
| 5200 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5201 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 5204 --off; | |
| 5205 --col; | |
| 5206 } | |
| 5207 #endif | |
| 5208 } | |
| 5209 #endif | |
| 5210 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5211 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5212 { | |
| 5213 --off; | |
| 5214 --col; | |
| 5215 } | |
| 5216 else | |
| 5217 #endif | |
| 5218 { | |
| 5219 ++off; | |
| 5220 ++col; | |
| 5221 } | |
| 5222 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5223 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
5224 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5225 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5226 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5227 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5228 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5229 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5230 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5231 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5232 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5233 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5234 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5235 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5236 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5237 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5238 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5239 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5240 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5241 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5242 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5243 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5244 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5245 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5246 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5247 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5248 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5249 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5250 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5251 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5252 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5253 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5254 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5255 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5256 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5257 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5258 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5259 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5260 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5261 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5262 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5263 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5264 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5265 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5266 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5267 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5268 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5269 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5270 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5271 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5272 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5273 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5274 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5275 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5276 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5277 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5278 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5279 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5280 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5281 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5282 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5283 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5284 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5285 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5286 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5287 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5288 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5289 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5290 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5291 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5292 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5293 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5294 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5295 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5296 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5297 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5298 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5299 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5300 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5301 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5302 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5303 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5304 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5305 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5306 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5307 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5308 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5309 else |
| 5310 --n_skip; | |
| 5311 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5312 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5313 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5314 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5315 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5316 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5317 #endif | |
| 5318 ) | |
| 5319 ++vcol; | |
| 5320 | |
| 743 | 5321 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5322 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5323 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5324 #endif | |
| 5325 | |
| 7 | 5326 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5327 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5328 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5331 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5332 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 /* | |
| 5335 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5336 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5337 */ |
| 5338 if (( | |
| 5339 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5340 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5341 #endif | |
| 5342 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5343 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5344 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5345 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5346 #endif | |
| 2724 | 5347 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) |
| 7 | 5348 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) |
| 5349 ) | |
| 5350 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5351 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5352 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5353 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5354 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5355 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5356 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5357 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5358 #endif |
| 7 | 5359 ++row; |
| 5360 ++screen_row; | |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5363 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5364 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5365 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5366 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5367 #endif | |
| 5368 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5369 break; | |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5372 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5373 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5374 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5375 #endif | |
| 5376 ) | |
| 5377 { | |
| 5378 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5379 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5380 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5381 #endif | |
| 5382 row = endrow; | |
| 5383 } | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5386 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5387 { | |
| 5388 ++row; | |
| 5389 break; | |
| 5390 } | |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5393 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5394 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5395 #endif | |
| 5396 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5397 { | |
| 5398 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5399 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 /* | |
| 5402 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5403 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5404 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5405 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5406 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5407 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5408 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5409 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5410 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5411 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5412 */ | |
| 5413 if (p_tf | |
| 5414 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5415 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5416 #endif | |
| 5417 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5418 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5419 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5420 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5421 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5422 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5423 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5424 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5425 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5426 #endif |
| 5427 ) | |
| 5428 { | |
| 5429 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5430 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5431 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5432 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5433 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5434 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5435 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5436 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5439 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5440 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5441 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5442 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5443 out_char(' '); |
| 5444 else | |
| 5445 #endif | |
| 5446 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5447 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5448 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5449 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5450 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5451 } | |
| 5452 } | |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 col = 0; | |
| 5455 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5456 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5457 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5458 { | |
| 5459 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5460 off += col; | |
| 5461 } | |
| 5462 #endif | |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5465 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5466 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5467 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5468 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5469 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5470 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5471 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5472 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5473 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5474 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5475 # endif | |
| 5476 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5477 #endif | |
| 5478 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5479 --filler_todo; | |
| 5480 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5481 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5482 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5483 break; | |
| 5484 #endif | |
| 5485 } | |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5488 | |
| 743 | 5489 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5490 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5491 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5492 { | |
| 5493 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5494 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5495 } | |
| 5496 #endif | |
| 5497 | |
| 7 | 5498 return row; |
| 5499 } | |
| 5500 | |
| 714 | 5501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5502 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 /* | |
| 5505 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5506 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5507 */ |
| 5508 static int | |
| 5509 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5510 int off_from; | |
| 5511 int off_to; | |
| 5512 { | |
| 5513 int i; | |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5516 { | |
| 5517 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5518 return TRUE; | |
| 5519 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5520 break; | |
| 5521 } | |
| 5522 return FALSE; | |
| 5523 } | |
| 5524 #endif | |
| 5525 | |
| 7 | 5526 /* |
| 5527 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5528 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5529 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5530 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5531 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5532 */ |
| 5533 static int | |
| 5534 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5535 int off_from; | |
| 5536 int off_to; | |
| 5537 int cols; | |
| 5538 { | |
| 5539 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5540 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5541 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5544 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5545 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5546 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5547 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5548 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5549 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5550 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5551 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5552 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5553 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 3759 | 5554 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 |
| 5555 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5556 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5557 #endif |
| 5558 )) | |
| 5559 return TRUE; | |
| 5560 return FALSE; | |
| 5561 } | |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 /* | |
| 5564 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5565 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5566 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5567 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5568 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5569 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5570 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5571 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5572 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5573 */ | |
| 5574 static void | |
| 5575 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5576 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5577 , rlflag | |
| 5578 #endif | |
| 5579 ) | |
| 5580 int row; | |
| 5581 int coloff; | |
| 5582 int endcol; | |
| 5583 int clear_width; | |
| 5584 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5585 int rlflag; | |
| 5586 #endif | |
| 5587 { | |
| 5588 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5589 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5590 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5591 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5592 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5593 #endif | |
| 7 | 5594 int col = 0; |
| 5595 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5596 int hl; | |
| 5597 #endif | |
| 5598 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5599 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5600 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5601 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5602 #endif | |
| 5603 ; | |
| 5604 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5605 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5606 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5607 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5608 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5609 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5610 #else | |
| 5611 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5612 #endif | |
| 5613 | |
| 3413 | 5614 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ |
| 5615 if (row >= Rows) | |
| 5616 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 5617 if (endcol > Columns) | |
| 5618 endcol = Columns; | |
| 5619 | |
| 7 | 5620 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
| 5621 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5622 # endif | |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5625 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5627 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5628 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5629 #endif | |
| 7 | 5630 |
| 5631 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5632 if (rlflag) | |
| 5633 { | |
| 5634 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5635 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5636 { | |
| 5637 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5638 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5639 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5640 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5641 # endif | |
| 5642 ) | |
| 5643 { | |
| 5644 ++off_to; | |
| 5645 ++col; | |
| 5646 } | |
| 5647 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5648 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5649 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5650 } | |
| 5651 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5652 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5653 off_from += col; | |
| 5654 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5655 } | |
| 5656 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5661 { | |
| 5662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5663 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5664 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5665 else |
| 5666 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5667 #endif | |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5670 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5671 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5674 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5675 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5676 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5677 */ | |
| 5678 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5679 { | |
| 5680 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5681 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5682 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5683 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5684 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5685 } | |
| 5686 #endif | |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5689 { | |
| 5690 /* | |
| 5691 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5692 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5693 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5694 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5695 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5696 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5697 * character. | |
| 5698 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5699 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5700 * completely. | |
| 5701 */ | |
| 5702 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5703 && !force | |
| 5704 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5705 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5706 #endif | |
| 5707 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5708 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5709 { | |
| 5710 /* | |
| 5711 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5712 */ | |
| 5713 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5714 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5715 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5716 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5717 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 /* | |
| 5720 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5721 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5722 */ | |
| 5723 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5724 { | |
| 5725 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5726 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5727 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5728 } | |
| 5729 else | |
| 5730 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5731 } | |
| 5732 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5733 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5734 { | |
| 5735 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5736 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5737 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5738 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5739 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5740 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5741 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5742 { |
| 5743 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5744 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5745 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5746 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5747 } | |
| 5748 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5749 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5750 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5751 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5752 { |
| 5753 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5754 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5755 * cell. */ | |
| 5756 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5757 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5758 } | |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5761 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5762 } | |
| 5763 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5764 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5765 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5766 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5767 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5768 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5769 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5770 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5771 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 5772 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5773 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 5774 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 5775 #endif | |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 5778 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5779 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5780 { | |
| 5781 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 5782 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 5783 { | |
| 714 | 5784 int i; |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5787 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 5788 } |
| 5789 } | |
| 5790 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5791 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 5792 #endif | |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 5795 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 5796 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 5797 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 5798 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 5799 if ( | |
| 5800 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5801 gui.in_use | |
| 5802 # endif | |
| 5803 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 5804 || | |
| 5805 # endif | |
| 5806 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 5807 term_is_xterm | |
| 5808 # endif | |
| 5809 ) | |
| 5810 { | |
| 5811 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 5812 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5813 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5814 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5815 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 5816 } | |
| 5817 #endif | |
| 5818 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5819 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 5820 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 5821 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 5822 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5823 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5824 | |
| 7 | 5825 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 5826 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5827 else | |
| 5828 #endif | |
| 5829 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5830 } | |
| 5831 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 5832 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5833 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5834 #endif | |
| 5835 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 5836 { | |
| 5837 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 5838 { | |
| 5839 /* | |
| 5840 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 5841 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 5842 */ | |
| 5843 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 5844 } | |
| 5845 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 5846 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5847 } | |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5850 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5851 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5852 } | |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5855 if (clear_next) | |
| 5856 { | |
| 5857 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 5858 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 5859 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 5860 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5861 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5862 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5863 } | |
| 5864 #endif | |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 5867 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5868 && !rlflag | |
| 5869 #endif | |
| 5870 ) | |
| 5871 { | |
| 5872 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5873 int startCol = col; | |
| 5874 #endif | |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 5877 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5878 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5879 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5880 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5881 #endif | |
| 5882 ) | |
| 5883 { | |
| 5884 ++off_to; | |
| 5885 ++col; | |
| 5886 } | |
| 5887 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 5888 { | |
| 5889 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5890 /* | |
| 5891 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 5892 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 5893 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 5894 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 5895 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 5896 */ | |
| 996 | 5897 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 5898 { |
| 5899 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 5900 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 5901 { |
| 5902 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 5903 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5904 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5905 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 5906 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 5907 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 5908 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5909 { | |
| 5910 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 5911 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 5912 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 5913 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 5914 |
| 5915 while (off < off_to) | |
| 5916 { | |
| 1378 | 5917 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 5918 off += prev_cells; |
| 5919 } | |
| 5920 } | |
| 5921 | |
| 5922 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 5923 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5924 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5925 else | |
| 5926 # endif | |
| 5927 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5928 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5929 } | |
| 7 | 5930 } |
| 5931 #endif | |
| 5932 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 5933 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5934 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5935 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 5936 col = clear_width; | |
| 5937 #endif | |
| 5938 } | |
| 5939 } | |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5942 { | |
| 5943 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5944 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 5945 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 5946 { | |
| 5947 int c; | |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5950 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c | |
| 5951 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 5952 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 5953 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 5954 # endif |
| 5955 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 5956 { | |
| 5957 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 5958 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 5959 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5960 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5961 { | |
| 5962 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 5963 { | |
| 5964 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 5965 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 5966 } |
| 5967 else | |
| 5968 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5969 } | |
| 5970 # endif | |
| 5971 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5972 } | |
| 5973 } | |
| 5974 else | |
| 5975 #endif | |
| 5976 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 5977 } | |
| 5978 } | |
| 5979 | |
| 474 | 5980 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5981 /* |
| 474 | 5982 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 5983 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 5984 */ |
| 474 | 5985 void |
| 7 | 5986 rl_mirror(str) |
| 5987 char_u *str; | |
| 5988 { | |
| 5989 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 5990 int t; | |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 5993 { | |
| 5994 t = *p1; | |
| 5995 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 5996 *p2 = t; | |
| 5997 } | |
| 5998 } | |
| 5999 #endif | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6002 /* | |
| 6003 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 6004 */ | |
| 6005 void | |
| 6006 status_redraw_all() | |
| 6007 { | |
| 6008 win_T *wp; | |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6011 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 6012 { | |
| 6013 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6014 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 6015 } | |
| 6016 } | |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 /* | |
| 6019 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 6020 */ | |
| 6021 void | |
| 6022 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 6023 { | |
| 6024 win_T *wp; | |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6027 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 6028 { | |
| 6029 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6030 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 6031 } | |
| 6032 } | |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 /* | |
| 6035 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 6036 */ | |
| 6037 void | |
| 6038 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 6039 { | |
| 6040 win_T *wp; | |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6043 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 6044 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 6045 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 6046 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 6047 } |
| 6048 #endif | |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6051 /* | |
| 6052 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 6053 */ | |
| 6054 void | |
| 6055 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 6056 frame_T *frp; | |
| 6057 { | |
| 6058 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 6059 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6060 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 6061 { | |
| 6062 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 6063 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 6064 } | |
| 6065 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 6066 { | |
| 6067 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 6068 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6069 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 6070 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 6071 } | |
| 6072 } | |
| 6073 #endif | |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6076 /* | |
| 6077 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 6078 */ | |
| 6079 static void | |
| 6080 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 6081 win_T *wp; | |
| 6082 int row; | |
| 6083 { | |
| 6084 int hl; | |
| 6085 int c; | |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 6088 { | |
| 6089 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 6090 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 6091 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 6092 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 6093 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 6094 } | |
| 6095 } | |
| 6096 #endif | |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 6099 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 6100 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 6101 |
| 6102 /* | |
| 1378 | 6103 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 6104 */ |
| 6105 static int | |
| 6106 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 6107 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6108 char_u *s; | |
| 6109 { | |
| 6110 int len = 0; | |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6113 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6114 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 6117 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6118 return 1; | |
| 6119 #endif | |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6122 { | |
| 1685 | 6123 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 6124 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 6125 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 6126 } |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 return len; | |
| 6129 } | |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 /* | |
| 1685 | 6132 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 6133 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 6134 */ | |
| 6135 static int | |
| 6136 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 6137 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6138 char_u *s; | |
| 6139 { | |
| 1685 | 6140 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 6141 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 6142 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6143 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 6144 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 6145 #endif | |
| 1685 | 6146 ) |
| 6147 { | |
| 6148 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 6149 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 6150 return 2; | |
| 6151 #endif | |
| 6152 return 1; | |
| 6153 } | |
| 6154 return 0; | |
| 277 | 6155 } |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 /* | |
| 7 | 6158 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 6159 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 6160 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 6161 * | |
| 6162 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6163 */ | |
| 6164 void | |
| 6165 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 6166 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6167 int num_matches; | |
| 6168 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 6169 int match; | |
| 6170 int showtail; | |
| 6171 { | |
| 6172 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 6173 int row; | |
| 6174 char_u *buf; | |
| 6175 int len; | |
| 1378 | 6176 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 6177 int fillchar; |
| 6178 int attr; | |
| 6179 int i; | |
| 6180 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 6181 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 6182 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 6183 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 6184 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 6185 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 6186 char_u *s; | |
| 6187 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6188 int emenu; | |
| 6189 #endif | |
| 6190 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 6191 int l; | |
| 6192 #endif | |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 6195 return; | |
| 6196 | |
| 39 | 6197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6198 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6199 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 6200 else | |
| 6201 #endif | |
| 6202 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 6203 if (buf == NULL) |
| 6204 return; | |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 6207 { | |
| 6208 match = 0; | |
| 6209 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 6210 } | |
| 6211 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 6212 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 6213 if (match == 0) | |
| 6214 first_match = 0; | |
| 6215 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 6216 { | |
| 6217 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 6218 first_match = match; | |
| 6219 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6220 } | |
| 6221 else | |
| 6222 { | |
| 6223 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 6224 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 6225 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 6226 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 6227 clen += 2; | |
| 6228 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 6229 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 6230 { | |
| 6231 first_match = match; | |
| 6232 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 6233 clen = 2; | |
| 6234 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 6235 { | |
| 6236 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 6237 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6238 break; | |
| 6239 } | |
| 6240 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 6241 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6242 } | |
| 6243 } | |
| 6244 if (add_left) | |
| 6245 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 6246 { | |
| 6247 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 6248 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6249 break; | |
| 6250 --first_match; | |
| 6251 } | |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 6256 { | |
| 6257 *buf = NUL; | |
| 6258 len = 0; | |
| 6259 } | |
| 6260 else | |
| 6261 { | |
| 6262 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 6263 len = 2; | |
| 6264 } | |
| 6265 clen = len; | |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 i = first_match; | |
| 6268 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 6269 { | |
| 6270 if (i == match) | |
| 6271 { | |
| 6272 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 6273 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 6274 } | |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 6277 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 6278 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6279 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6280 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6281 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6282 { | |
| 6283 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 6284 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6285 len += l; | |
| 6286 clen += l; | |
| 6287 } | |
| 6288 else | |
| 6289 #endif | |
| 6290 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 6291 { | |
| 1685 | 6292 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 6293 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 6294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6295 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 6296 { |
| 6297 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 6298 s += l - 1; | |
| 6299 len += l; | |
| 6300 } | |
| 6301 else | |
| 6302 #endif | |
| 6303 { | |
| 6304 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 6305 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6306 } | |
| 6307 } | |
| 6308 if (i == match) | |
| 6309 selend = buf + len; | |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6312 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6313 clen += 2; | |
| 6314 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6315 break; | |
| 6316 } | |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6319 { | |
| 6320 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6321 ++clen; | |
| 6322 } | |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6327 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6328 { | |
| 6329 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6330 { | |
| 6331 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6332 { | |
| 6333 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6334 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6335 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6336 { | |
| 6337 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6338 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6339 } | |
| 6340 else | |
| 6341 { | |
| 6342 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6343 ++row; | |
| 6344 } | |
| 6345 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6346 } | |
| 6347 else | |
| 6348 { | |
| 6349 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6350 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6351 * resized. */ | |
| 6352 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6353 { | |
| 6354 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6355 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6356 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6357 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6358 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6359 } | |
| 6360 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6361 } | |
| 6362 } | |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6365 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6366 { | |
| 6367 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6368 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6369 } | |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6372 } | |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6375 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6376 #else | |
| 6377 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6378 #endif | |
| 6379 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6380 } | |
| 6381 #endif | |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6384 /* | |
| 6385 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6386 * | |
| 6387 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6388 */ | |
| 6389 void | |
| 6390 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6391 win_T *wp; | |
| 6392 { | |
| 6393 int row; | |
| 6394 char_u *p; | |
| 6395 int len; | |
| 6396 int fillchar; | |
| 6397 int attr; | |
| 6398 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6399 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6402 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6403 if (busy) | |
| 6404 return; | |
| 6405 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6406 |
| 6407 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6408 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6409 { | |
| 6410 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6411 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6412 } | |
| 540 | 6413 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6414 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6415 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6416 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6417 || pum_visible() | |
| 6418 #endif | |
| 6419 ) | |
| 7 | 6420 { |
| 6421 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6422 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6423 } | |
| 6424 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6425 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6426 { |
| 6427 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6428 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6429 } |
| 6430 #endif | |
| 6431 else | |
| 6432 { | |
| 6433 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6434 | |
| 685 | 6435 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6436 p = NameBuff; |
| 6437 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6438 | |
| 6439 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6440 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6441 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6442 #endif | |
| 6443 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6444 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6445 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6446 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6447 { | |
| 809 | 6448 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6449 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6450 } | |
| 6451 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6452 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6453 { | |
| 6454 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6455 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6456 } | |
| 6457 #endif | |
| 6458 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6459 { | |
| 6460 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6461 len += 3; | |
| 6462 } | |
| 6463 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6464 { | |
|
4795
8360a59aa04b
updated for version 7.3.1144
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4736
diff
changeset
|
6465 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); |
| 7 | 6466 len += 4; |
| 6467 } | |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6470 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6471 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6472 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6473 #else | |
| 6474 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6475 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6476 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6477 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6478 { | |
| 6479 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6480 len = 1; | |
| 6481 } | |
| 6482 else | |
| 6483 #endif | |
| 6484 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6485 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6486 { | |
| 6487 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6490 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6491 |
| 7 | 6492 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6493 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6494 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6495 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6496 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6497 len = clen; | |
| 6498 if (i > 0) | |
| 6499 { | |
| 6500 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6501 *p = '<'; | |
| 6502 ++len; | |
| 6503 } | |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 } | |
| 6506 else | |
| 6507 #endif | |
| 6508 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6509 { | |
| 6510 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6511 *p = '<'; | |
| 6512 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6513 } | |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6516 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6517 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6518 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6519 | |
| 6520 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6521 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6522 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6523 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6526 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6527 #endif | |
| 6528 } | |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6531 /* | |
| 6532 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6533 */ | |
| 6534 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6535 { | |
| 6536 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6537 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6538 else | |
| 6539 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6540 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6541 attr); | |
| 6542 } | |
| 6543 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6544 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6545 } |
| 6546 | |
| 680 | 6547 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6548 /* | |
| 6549 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6550 * errors encountered. | |
| 6551 */ | |
| 6552 static void | |
| 1983 | 6553 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6554 win_T *wp; |
| 6555 { | |
| 1983 | 6556 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6557 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6560 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6561 if (entered) | |
| 6562 return; | |
| 6563 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6564 |
| 6565 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6566 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6567 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6568 { |
| 6569 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6570 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6571 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6572 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6573 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6574 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6575 } |
| 680 | 6576 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6577 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6578 } |
| 6579 #endif | |
| 6580 | |
| 7 | 6581 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6582 /* | |
| 6583 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6584 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6585 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6586 */ | |
| 6587 int | |
| 6588 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6589 win_T *wp; | |
| 6590 { | |
| 6591 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6592 | |
| 6593 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6594 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6595 { | |
| 6596 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6597 { | |
| 6598 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6599 break; | |
| 6600 } | |
| 6601 else | |
| 6602 { | |
| 6603 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6604 return TRUE; | |
| 6605 } | |
| 6606 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6607 } | |
| 6608 return FALSE; | |
| 6609 } | |
| 6610 # endif | |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6613 | |
| 6614 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6615 /* | |
| 6616 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6617 */ | |
| 6618 int | |
| 6619 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6620 win_T *wp; | |
| 6621 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6622 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6623 { | |
| 6624 char_u *p; | |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6627 return FALSE; | |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 { | |
| 6630 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6631 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6632 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6633 char_u *s; | |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6636 curwin = wp; | |
| 6637 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6638 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6639 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6640 --emsg_skip; |
| 6641 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6642 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6643 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6644 #endif | |
| 6645 { | |
| 6646 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6647 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6648 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6649 else | |
| 6650 #endif | |
| 6651 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6652 } | |
| 6653 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6654 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6655 else | |
| 6656 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6657 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6658 vim_free(s); | |
| 6659 #endif | |
| 6660 } | |
| 6661 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6662 } | |
| 6663 #endif | |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6666 /* | |
| 677 | 6667 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6668 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6669 */ |
| 6670 static void | |
| 574 | 6671 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6672 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6673 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6674 { |
| 5539 | 6675 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6676 int attr; |
| 6677 int curattr; | |
| 6678 int row; | |
| 6679 int col = 0; | |
| 6680 int maxwidth; | |
| 6681 int width; | |
| 6682 int n; | |
| 6683 int len; | |
| 6684 int fillchar; | |
| 6685 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6686 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6687 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6688 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6689 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6690 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 2693 | 6691 win_T *ewp; |
| 6692 int p_crb_save; | |
| 7 | 6693 |
| 5539 | 6694 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When |
| 6695 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. | |
| 6696 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ | |
| 6697 if (entered) | |
| 6698 return; | |
| 6699 entered = TRUE; | |
| 6700 | |
| 7 | 6701 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ |
| 677 | 6702 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6703 { | |
| 6704 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6705 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6706 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6707 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6708 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6709 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6710 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6711 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6712 # endif |
| 6713 } | |
| 40 | 6714 else |
| 677 | 6715 { |
| 6716 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6717 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6718 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6719 | |
| 6720 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6721 { | |
| 1983 | 6722 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6723 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6724 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6725 { | |
| 6726 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6727 stl++; | |
| 6728 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6729 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6730 stl++; | |
| 6731 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6732 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6733 } |
| 7 | 6734 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6735 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6736 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6737 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6738 #else |
| 677 | 6739 col = ru_col; |
| 6740 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6741 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6742 #endif | |
| 6743 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6744 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6745 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6746 #endif | |
| 6747 { | |
| 6748 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6749 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6750 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6751 attr = 0; | |
| 6752 } | |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6755 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6756 # endif |
| 6757 } | |
| 6758 else | |
| 6759 { | |
| 6760 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6761 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6762 else |
| 1983 | 6763 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6764 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6765 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6766 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6767 # endif |
| 6768 } | |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6771 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 6772 #endif | |
| 6773 } | |
| 6774 | |
| 7 | 6775 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 5539 | 6776 goto theend; |
| 677 | 6777 |
| 2693 | 6778 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving |
| 6779 * the cursor away and back. */ | |
| 6780 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; | |
| 6781 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; | |
| 6782 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; | |
| 6783 | |
| 1983 | 6784 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 6785 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 6786 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 2693 | 6787 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), |
| 1983 | 6788 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 6789 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 6790 vim_free(stl); |
| 2693 | 6791 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; |
| 2661 | 6792 |
| 6793 /* Make all characters printable. */ | |
| 6794 p = transstr(buf); | |
| 6795 if (p != NULL) | |
| 6796 { | |
| 6797 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); | |
| 6798 vim_free(p); | |
| 6799 } | |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ | |
| 835 | 6802 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 1883 | 6803 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 6804 { |
| 6805 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6806 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 6807 #else | |
| 6808 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 6809 #endif | |
| 6810 ++width; | |
| 6811 } | |
| 6812 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6813 | |
| 681 | 6814 /* |
| 6815 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 6816 */ | |
| 7 | 6817 curattr = attr; |
| 6818 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 6819 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 6820 { | |
| 6821 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 6822 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 6823 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 6824 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 6825 | |
| 6826 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 6827 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 6828 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 6829 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 6830 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 6831 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 6832 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6833 #endif |
| 6834 else | |
| 681 | 6835 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6836 } |
| 6837 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 6838 |
| 6839 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 6840 { | |
| 6841 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 6842 col = 0; | |
| 6843 len = 0; | |
| 6844 p = buf; | |
| 6845 fillchar = 0; | |
| 6846 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 6847 { | |
| 6848 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 6849 while (col < len) | |
| 6850 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6851 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 6852 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 6853 } | |
| 6854 while (col < Columns) | |
| 6855 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6856 } | |
| 5539 | 6857 |
| 6858 theend: | |
| 6859 entered = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 6860 } |
| 6861 | |
| 6862 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 6863 | |
| 6864 /* | |
| 6865 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 6866 */ | |
| 6867 void | |
| 6868 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 6869 int c; | |
| 6870 int row, col; | |
| 6871 int attr; | |
| 6872 { | |
| 3549 | 6873 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 6874 | |
| 7 | 6875 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3549 | 6876 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6877 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 6878 else | |
| 6879 #endif | |
| 6880 { | |
| 6881 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6882 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 6883 } | |
| 7 | 6884 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); |
| 6885 } | |
| 6886 | |
| 6887 /* | |
| 6888 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 6889 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 6890 */ | |
| 6891 void | |
| 6892 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 6893 int row, col; | |
| 6894 char_u *bytes; | |
| 6895 int *attrp; | |
| 6896 { | |
| 6897 unsigned off; | |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 /* safety check */ | |
| 6900 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6901 { | |
| 6902 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 6903 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6904 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6905 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 6906 | |
| 6907 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6908 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 6909 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 6910 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 6911 { | |
| 6912 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6913 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 6914 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6915 } | |
| 6916 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 6917 { | |
| 6918 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 6919 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6920 } | |
| 6921 #endif | |
| 6922 } | |
| 6923 } | |
| 6924 | |
| 714 | 6925 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6926 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 6927 | |
| 6928 /* | |
| 6929 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 6930 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6931 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 6932 */ |
| 6933 static int | |
| 6934 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 6935 int off; | |
| 6936 int *u8cc; | |
| 6937 { | |
| 6938 int i; | |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 6941 { | |
| 6942 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 6943 return TRUE; | |
| 6944 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6945 break; | |
| 6946 } | |
| 6947 return FALSE; | |
| 6948 } | |
| 6949 #endif | |
| 6950 | |
| 7 | 6951 /* |
| 6952 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 6953 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 6954 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 6955 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 6956 */ | |
| 6957 void | |
| 6958 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 6959 char_u *text; | |
| 6960 int row; | |
| 6961 int col; | |
| 6962 int attr; | |
| 6963 { | |
| 6964 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 6965 } | |
| 6966 | |
| 6967 /* | |
| 6968 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 6969 * a NUL. | |
| 6970 */ | |
| 6971 void | |
| 5923 | 6972 screen_puts_len(text, textlen, row, col, attr) |
| 7 | 6973 char_u *text; |
| 5923 | 6974 int textlen; |
| 7 | 6975 int row; |
| 6976 int col; | |
| 6977 int attr; | |
| 6978 { | |
| 6979 unsigned off; | |
| 6980 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 5923 | 6981 int len = textlen; |
| 7 | 6982 int c; |
| 6983 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 6984 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 6985 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 6986 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6987 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 6988 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 6989 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 6990 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 6991 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 6992 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 6993 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 6994 # endif |
| 6995 #endif | |
| 1843 | 6996 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6997 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 6998 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6999 #endif | |
| 7000 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 7001 |
| 7002 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7003 return; | |
| 1843 | 7004 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 7005 |
| 1668 | 7006 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7007 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 7008 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7009 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 7010 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7011 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7012 # endif | |
| 7013 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 7014 { |
| 7015 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 7016 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7017 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7018 { | |
| 7019 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7020 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7021 } | |
| 7022 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 7023 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 7024 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 7025 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7026 } | |
| 7027 #endif | |
| 7028 | |
| 1378 | 7029 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7030 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 7031 #endif | |
| 1340 | 7032 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 7033 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 7034 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 7035 { |
| 7036 c = *ptr; | |
| 7037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7038 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 7039 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7040 { | |
| 7041 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 7042 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 7043 else |
| 474 | 7044 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 7045 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 7046 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 7047 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 7048 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 7049 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 7050 { | |
| 7051 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 7052 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 7053 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7054 else | |
| 714 | 7055 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 7056 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 7057 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 7058 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 7059 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 7060 { | |
| 7061 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 7062 if (attr == 0) | |
| 7063 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 7064 } | |
| 1401 | 7065 # endif |
| 7 | 7066 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 7067 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 7068 { | |
| 7069 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 7070 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 7071 { | |
| 7072 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 7073 nc = NUL; | |
| 7074 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 7075 } | |
| 7076 else | |
| 714 | 7077 { |
| 1994 | 7078 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 7079 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 7080 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7081 } | |
| 7 | 7082 pc = prev_c; |
| 7083 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 7084 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 7085 } |
| 7086 else | |
| 7087 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 7088 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7089 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7090 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7091 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7092 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7093 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7094 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7095 } |
| 7 | 7096 } |
| 7097 } | |
| 7098 #endif | |
| 7099 | |
| 1843 | 7100 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 7101 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 7102 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 7103 #endif | |
| 7104 | |
| 7105 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 7106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7107 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 7108 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 7109 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 7110 && c == 0x8e | |
| 7111 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 7112 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7113 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7114 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7115 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7116 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 7117 #endif |
| 7118 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 7119 || exmode_active; |
| 7120 | |
| 7121 if (need_redraw | |
| 7122 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7123 || force_redraw_this | |
| 7124 #endif | |
| 7 | 7125 ) |
| 7126 { | |
| 7127 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7128 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 7129 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7130 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 7131 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 7132 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 7133 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7134 gui.in_use | |
| 7135 # endif | |
| 7136 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7137 || | |
| 7138 # endif | |
| 7139 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7140 term_is_xterm | |
| 7141 # endif | |
| 1843 | 7142 )) |
| 7143 { | |
| 7144 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7145 | |
| 7146 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 7147 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 7148 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7149 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7150 } |
| 7151 #endif | |
| 7152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7153 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 7154 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 7155 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 7156 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 7157 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 7158 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 7159 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 7160 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 7161 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 7162 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 7163 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7164 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 7165 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 7166 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 7167 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 7168 | |
| 7169 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 7170 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 7171 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 7172 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7173 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 7174 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 7175 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 7176 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 7177 #endif | |
| 7178 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7179 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7180 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7181 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7182 { | |
| 714 | 7183 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 7184 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 7185 else | |
| 7186 { | |
| 714 | 7187 int i; |
| 7188 | |
| 7 | 7189 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 7190 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 7191 { | |
| 7192 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 7193 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 7194 break; | |
| 7195 } | |
| 7 | 7196 } |
| 7197 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 7198 { | |
| 7199 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 7200 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 7201 } | |
| 7202 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7203 } | |
| 7204 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 7205 { | |
| 7206 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 7207 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 7208 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 7209 } | |
| 7210 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 7211 { | |
| 7212 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 7213 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7214 } | |
| 7215 else | |
| 7216 #endif | |
| 7217 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7218 } | |
| 7219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7220 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7221 { | |
| 7222 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 7223 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 7224 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 7225 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 5923 | 7226 { |
| 7227 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ | |
| 7 | 7228 ptr = (char_u *)" "; |
| 5923 | 7229 len = -1; |
| 7230 } | |
| 7 | 7231 } |
| 7232 else | |
| 7233 #endif | |
| 7234 { | |
| 7235 ++off; | |
| 7236 ++col; | |
| 7237 ++ptr; | |
| 7238 } | |
| 7239 } | |
| 1843 | 7240 |
| 7241 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7242 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 7243 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 7244 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 7245 { | |
| 7246 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7247 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 7248 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 7249 else | |
| 7250 # endif | |
| 7251 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7252 } | |
| 7253 #endif | |
| 7 | 7254 } |
| 7255 | |
| 7256 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 7257 /* | |
| 1326 | 7258 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7259 */ |
| 7260 static void | |
| 7261 start_search_hl() | |
| 7262 { | |
| 7263 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 7264 { | |
| 7265 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 7266 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 7267 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7268 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 7269 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 7270 # endif | |
| 7 | 7271 } |
| 7272 } | |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 /* | |
| 1326 | 7275 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7276 */ |
| 7277 static void | |
| 7278 end_search_hl() | |
| 7279 { | |
| 7280 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7281 { | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4795
diff
changeset
|
7282 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); |
| 7 | 7283 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 7284 } | |
| 7285 } | |
| 7286 | |
| 7287 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7288 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7289 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7290 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7291 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7292 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7293 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7294 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7295 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7296 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7297 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7298 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7299 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7300 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7301 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7302 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7303 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7304 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7305 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7306 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7307 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7308 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7309 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7310 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7311 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7312 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7313 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7314 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7315 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7316 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7317 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7318 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7319 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7320 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7321 /* |
| 7 | 7322 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 7323 */ | |
| 7324 static void | |
| 7325 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 7326 win_T *wp; | |
| 7327 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7328 { | |
| 1326 | 7329 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7330 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7331 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 7332 has been processed or not */ | |
| 5979 | 7333 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
| 7334 in progress */ | |
| 7 | 7335 int n; |
| 7336 | |
| 7337 /* | |
| 7338 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 7339 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 7340 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 7341 */ |
| 1326 | 7342 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 7343 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 7344 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7345 { | |
| 7346 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7347 { | |
| 7348 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 7349 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 7350 } | |
| 7351 else | |
| 7352 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7353 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7354 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7355 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7356 { | |
| 7357 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7358 { | |
| 7359 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7360 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7361 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7362 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7363 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7364 break; | |
| 7365 # else | |
| 7366 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7367 # endif | |
| 7368 } | |
| 5979 | 7369 if (cur != NULL) |
| 7370 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 7371 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7372 n = 0; |
| 5979 | 7373 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7374 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) | |
| 7375 { | |
| 7376 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, cur); | |
| 7377 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
| 7378 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7379 if (shl->lnum != 0) |
| 7380 { | |
| 7381 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7382 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7383 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7384 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7385 } | |
| 7386 else | |
| 7387 { | |
| 7388 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7389 n = 0; | |
| 7390 } | |
| 7391 } | |
| 7392 } | |
| 1326 | 7393 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7394 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7395 } |
| 7396 } | |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 /* | |
| 1326 | 7399 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7400 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7401 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7402 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7403 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7404 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7405 */ | |
| 7406 static void | |
| 5979 | 7407 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol, cur) |
| 7408 win_T *win; | |
| 7409 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7410 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7411 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 5987 | 7412 matchitem_T *cur; /* to retrieve match positions if any */ |
| 7 | 7413 { |
| 7414 linenr_T l; | |
| 7415 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7416 long nmatched; | |
| 7417 | |
| 7418 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7419 { | |
| 7420 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7421 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7422 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7423 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7424 */ | |
| 7425 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7426 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7427 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7428 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7429 return; | |
| 7430 } | |
| 7431 | |
| 7432 /* | |
| 7433 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7434 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7435 */ | |
| 7436 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7437 for (;;) | |
| 7438 { | |
| 1521 | 7439 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7440 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7441 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7442 { | |
| 7443 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7444 break; | |
| 7445 } | |
| 7446 #endif | |
| 7 | 7447 /* Three situations: |
| 7448 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7449 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7450 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7451 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7452 */ | |
| 7453 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7454 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7455 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7456 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7457 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7458 { | |
| 688 | 7459 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7460 |
| 7461 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7462 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7463 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7464 { | |
| 7465 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7466 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7467 break; | |
| 7468 } | |
| 685 | 7469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7470 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7471 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7472 else | |
| 7473 #endif | |
| 7474 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7475 } |
| 7476 else | |
| 7477 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7478 | |
| 7479 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 5979 | 7480 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 7481 { | |
| 7482 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, | |
| 7483 matchcol, | |
| 1521 | 7484 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 5979 | 7485 &(shl->tm) |
| 1521 | 7486 #else |
| 5979 | 7487 NULL |
| 7488 #endif | |
| 7489 ); | |
| 7490 if (called_emsg || got_int) | |
| 7491 { | |
| 7492 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 7493 if (shl == &search_hl) | |
| 7494 { | |
| 7495 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ | |
| 7496 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); | |
| 7497 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); | |
| 7498 } | |
| 7499 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 7500 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7501 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" | |
| 7502 message */ | |
| 7503 break; | |
| 7504 } | |
| 7505 } | |
| 7506 else if (cur != NULL) | |
| 7507 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); | |
| 5987 | 7508 else |
| 7509 nmatched = 0; | |
| 7 | 7510 if (nmatched == 0) |
| 7511 { | |
| 7512 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7513 break; | |
| 7514 } | |
| 7515 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7516 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7517 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7518 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7519 { | |
| 7520 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7521 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7522 } | |
| 7523 } | |
| 7524 } | |
| 7525 | |
| 5979 | 7526 static int |
| 7527 next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, posmatch, mincol) | |
| 7528 match_T *shl; /* points to a match */ | |
| 7529 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7530 posmatch_T *posmatch; /* match positions */ | |
| 7531 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7532 { | |
| 7533 int i; | |
| 7534 int bot = -1; | |
| 7535 | |
| 7536 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7537 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) | |
| 7538 { | |
| 7539 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) | |
| 7540 break; | |
| 7541 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) | |
| 7542 continue; | |
| 7543 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) | |
| 7544 { | |
| 7545 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 7546 { | |
| 7547 /* partially sort positions by column numbers | |
| 7548 * on the same line */ | |
| 7549 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) | |
| 7550 { | |
| 7551 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; | |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; | |
| 7554 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; | |
| 7555 } | |
| 7556 } | |
| 7557 else | |
| 7558 { | |
| 7559 bot = i; | |
| 7560 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 7561 } | |
| 7562 } | |
| 7563 } | |
| 7564 posmatch->cur = 0; | |
| 7565 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 7566 { | |
| 7567 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
| 7568 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; | |
| 7569 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
| 7570 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; | |
| 7571 | |
| 7572 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
| 7573 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; | |
| 7574 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
| 7575 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; | |
| 7576 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; | |
| 7577 return TRUE; | |
| 7578 } | |
| 7579 return FALSE; | |
| 7580 } | |
| 5985 | 7581 #endif |
| 5979 | 7582 |
| 7 | 7583 static void |
| 7584 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7585 int attr; | |
| 7586 { | |
| 7587 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7588 | |
| 7589 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7590 if (full_screen | |
| 7591 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7592 && termcap_active | |
| 7593 #endif | |
| 7594 ) | |
| 7595 { | |
| 7596 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7597 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7598 { | |
| 7599 char buf[20]; | |
| 7600 | |
| 681 | 7601 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7602 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7603 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7604 } | |
| 7605 else | |
| 7606 #endif | |
| 7607 { | |
| 7608 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7609 { | |
| 7610 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7611 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7612 else | |
| 7613 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7614 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7615 attr = 0; | |
| 7616 else | |
| 7617 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7618 } | |
| 7619 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7620 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7621 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7622 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7623 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7624 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7625 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7626 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7627 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7628 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7629 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7630 out_str(T_US); |
| 7631 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7632 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7633 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7634 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7635 | |
| 7636 /* | |
| 7637 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7638 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7639 */ | |
| 7640 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7641 { | |
| 7642 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7643 { | |
| 7644 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7645 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7646 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7647 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7648 } | |
| 7649 else | |
| 7650 { | |
| 7651 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7652 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7653 } | |
| 7654 } | |
| 7655 } | |
| 7656 } | |
| 7657 } | |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 void | |
| 7660 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7661 { | |
| 7662 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7663 | |
| 7664 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7665 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7666 && termcap_active | |
| 7667 #endif | |
| 7668 ) | |
| 7669 { | |
| 7670 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7671 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7672 { | |
| 7673 char buf[20]; | |
| 7674 | |
| 7675 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7676 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7677 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7678 } | |
| 7679 else | |
| 7680 #endif | |
| 7681 { | |
| 7682 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7683 { | |
| 7684 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7687 { | |
| 7688 /* | |
| 7689 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7690 */ | |
| 7691 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7692 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7693 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7694 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7695 } | |
| 7696 else | |
| 7697 { | |
| 7698 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7699 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7700 { | |
| 7701 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7702 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7703 else | |
| 7704 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7705 } | |
| 7706 } | |
| 7707 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7708 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7709 else | |
| 7710 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7711 } | |
| 7712 | |
| 7713 /* | |
| 7714 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7715 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7716 */ | |
| 7717 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7718 { | |
| 7719 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7720 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7721 else | |
| 7722 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7723 } | |
| 205 | 7724 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7725 { |
| 7726 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7727 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7728 else | |
| 7729 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7730 } | |
| 7731 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7732 { | |
| 7733 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7734 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7735 else | |
| 7736 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7737 } | |
| 7738 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7739 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7740 | |
| 7741 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7742 { | |
| 7743 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7744 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7745 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7746 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7747 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7748 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7749 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7750 } | |
| 7751 } | |
| 7752 } | |
| 7753 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7754 } | |
| 7755 | |
| 7756 /* | |
| 7757 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7758 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7759 */ | |
| 7760 void | |
| 7761 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 7762 { | |
| 7763 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7764 { | |
| 7765 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7766 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 7767 { | |
| 7768 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 7769 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7770 } | |
| 7771 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7772 { | |
| 7773 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7774 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7775 } | |
| 7776 } | |
| 7777 } | |
| 7778 | |
| 7779 /* | |
| 7780 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 7781 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 7782 */ | |
| 7783 static void | |
| 7784 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 7785 unsigned off; | |
| 7786 int row; | |
| 7787 int col; | |
| 7788 { | |
| 7789 int attr; | |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 7792 * resizing). */ | |
| 7793 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 7794 return; | |
| 7795 | |
| 7796 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7797 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7798 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7799 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 7800 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 7801 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 7802 #endif | |
| 7803 ) | |
| 7804 { | |
| 7805 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7806 return; | |
| 7807 } | |
| 7808 | |
| 7809 /* | |
| 7810 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 7811 */ | |
| 7812 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 7813 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 7814 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 7815 else | |
| 7816 #endif | |
| 7817 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7818 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7819 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7824 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 7825 | |
| 7826 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7827 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7828 { | |
| 7829 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 7830 | |
| 7831 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7834 | |
| 7835 out_str(buf); | |
| 7836 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 7837 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7838 } | |
| 7839 else | |
| 7840 #endif | |
| 7841 { | |
| 7842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7843 out_flush_check(); | |
| 7844 #endif | |
| 7845 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 7846 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7847 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 7848 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7849 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 7850 #endif | |
| 7851 } | |
| 7852 | |
| 7853 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 7854 } | |
| 7855 | |
| 7856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7857 | |
| 7858 /* | |
| 7859 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 7860 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 7861 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 7862 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 7863 */ | |
| 7864 static void | |
| 7865 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 7866 unsigned off; | |
| 7867 int row; | |
| 7868 int col; | |
| 7869 { | |
| 7870 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 7871 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 7872 return; | |
| 7873 | |
| 7874 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7875 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7876 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 7877 { | |
| 7878 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7879 return; | |
| 7880 } | |
| 7881 | |
| 7882 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 7883 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 7884 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7885 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 7886 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7887 } | |
| 7888 #endif | |
| 7889 | |
| 7890 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7891 /* | |
| 7892 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 7893 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 7894 */ | |
| 7895 void | |
| 7896 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 7897 int row; | |
| 7898 int col; | |
| 7899 int height; | |
| 7900 int width; | |
| 7901 int invert; | |
| 7902 { | |
| 7903 int r, c; | |
| 7904 int off; | |
| 1378 | 7905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7906 int max_off; | |
| 7907 #endif | |
| 7 | 7908 |
| 534 | 7909 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 7910 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 7911 return; | |
| 7912 | |
| 7 | 7913 if (invert) |
| 7914 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7915 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 7916 { | |
| 7917 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 7918 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7919 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 7920 #endif | |
| 7 | 7921 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 7922 { | |
| 7923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7924 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7925 { |
| 7926 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7927 ++c; | |
| 7928 } | |
| 7929 else | |
| 7930 #endif | |
| 7931 { | |
| 7932 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7933 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7934 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7935 ++c; |
| 7936 #endif | |
| 7937 } | |
| 7938 } | |
| 7939 } | |
| 7940 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 7941 } | |
| 7942 #endif | |
| 7943 | |
| 7944 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 7945 /* | |
| 7946 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 7947 */ | |
| 7948 static void | |
| 7949 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 7950 int row; | |
| 7951 int end; | |
| 7952 win_T *wp; | |
| 7953 { | |
| 7954 int col; | |
| 7955 int width; | |
| 7956 | |
| 7957 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 7958 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 7959 # endif | |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 7962 { | |
| 7963 col = 0; | |
| 7964 width = Columns; | |
| 7965 } | |
| 7966 else | |
| 7967 { | |
| 7968 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 7969 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 7970 } | |
| 7971 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 7972 } | |
| 7973 #endif | |
| 7974 | |
| 7975 /* | |
| 7976 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 7977 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 7978 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 7979 */ | |
| 7980 void | |
| 7981 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 7982 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 7983 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 7984 int c1, c2; | |
| 7985 int attr; | |
| 7986 { | |
| 7987 int row; | |
| 7988 int col; | |
| 7989 int off; | |
| 7990 int end_off; | |
| 7991 int did_delete; | |
| 7992 int c; | |
| 7993 int norm_term; | |
| 7994 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7995 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7996 #endif | |
| 7997 | |
| 7998 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7999 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 8000 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 8001 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 8002 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8003 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 8004 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 8005 return; | |
| 8006 | |
| 8007 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 8008 norm_term = ( | |
| 8009 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8010 !gui.in_use && | |
| 8011 #endif | |
| 8012 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 8013 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 8014 { | |
| 1668 | 8015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8016 if (has_mbyte | |
| 8017 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8018 && !gui.in_use | |
| 8019 # endif | |
| 8020 ) | |
| 8021 { | |
| 8022 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 8023 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 8024 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 8025 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 8026 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 8027 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 8028 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 8029 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 8030 } |
| 8031 #endif | |
| 7 | 8032 /* |
| 8033 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 8034 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 8035 * space. | |
| 8036 */ | |
| 8037 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8038 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 8039 && end_col == Columns | |
| 8040 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 8041 && (attr == 0 | |
| 8042 || (norm_term | |
| 8043 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 8044 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 8045 { | |
| 8046 /* | |
| 8047 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 8048 */ | |
| 8049 col = start_col; | |
| 8050 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 8051 ++col; | |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 8054 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 8055 | |
| 8056 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 8057 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8058 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8059 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 8060 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 8061 ++off; | |
| 8062 else | |
| 8063 #endif | |
| 8064 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 8065 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 8066 ++off; | |
| 8067 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 8068 { | |
| 8069 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 8070 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8071 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 8072 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 8073 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8074 col = end_col - col; | |
| 8075 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 8076 { | |
| 8077 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 8078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8079 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8080 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 8081 #endif | |
| 8082 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 8083 ++off; | |
| 8084 } | |
| 8085 } | |
| 8086 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 8087 } | |
| 8088 | |
| 8089 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 8090 c = c1; | |
| 8091 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 8092 { | |
| 8093 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 8094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8095 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 8096 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 8097 #endif |
| 8098 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 8099 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8100 || force_next | |
| 8101 #endif | |
| 8102 ) | |
| 8103 { | |
| 8104 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8105 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 8106 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 8107 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 8108 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 8109 if ( | |
| 8110 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8111 gui.in_use | |
| 8112 # endif | |
| 8113 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 8114 || | |
| 8115 # endif | |
| 8116 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 8117 term_is_xterm | |
| 8118 # endif | |
| 8119 ) | |
| 8120 { | |
| 8121 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 8122 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 8123 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 8124 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 8125 else | |
| 8126 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 8127 } | |
| 8128 #endif | |
| 8129 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 8130 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8131 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8132 { | |
| 8133 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 8134 { | |
| 8135 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 8136 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 8137 } |
| 8138 else | |
| 8139 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 8140 } | |
| 8141 #endif | |
| 8142 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 8143 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 8144 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 8145 } | |
| 8146 ++off; | |
| 8147 if (col == start_col) | |
| 8148 { | |
| 8149 if (did_delete) | |
| 8150 break; | |
| 8151 c = c2; | |
| 8152 } | |
| 8153 } | |
| 8154 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 8155 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 8156 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 8157 { | |
| 8158 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8159 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 8160 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 8161 if (start_col == 0) |
| 8162 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 8163 } |
| 8164 } | |
| 8165 } | |
| 8166 | |
| 8167 /* | |
| 8168 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 8169 * screen or the command line. | |
| 8170 */ | |
| 8171 void | |
| 8172 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 8173 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 8174 { | |
| 8175 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 8176 && !did_wait_return | |
| 8177 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 8178 { | |
| 8179 out_flush(); | |
| 8180 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 8181 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 8182 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 8183 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 8184 } | |
| 8185 } | |
| 8186 | |
| 8187 /* | |
| 8188 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 3263 | 8189 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. |
| 7 | 8190 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. |
| 8191 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 8192 */ | |
| 8193 int | |
| 3263 | 8194 screen_valid(doclear) |
| 8195 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 8196 { |
| 3263 | 8197 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ |
| 7 | 8198 return (ScreenLines != NULL); |
| 8199 } | |
| 8200 | |
| 8201 /* | |
| 8202 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 8203 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 8204 * | |
| 8205 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 8206 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 8207 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 8208 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 8209 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 8210 */ | |
| 8211 void | |
| 3263 | 8212 screenalloc(doclear) |
| 8213 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 8214 { |
| 8215 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 8216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8217 int old_Rows; | |
| 8218 #endif | |
| 8219 win_T *wp; | |
| 8220 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 8221 int len; | |
| 8222 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 8223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8224 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8225 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 8226 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 8227 int i; |
| 7 | 8228 #endif |
| 8229 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8230 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 8231 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8232 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 8233 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 8234 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 8235 #endif | |
| 7 | 8236 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 8237 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 8238 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 8239 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 retry: | |
| 8242 #endif | |
| 7 | 8243 /* |
| 8244 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 8245 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 8246 * screen stuff. | |
| 8247 */ | |
| 8248 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8249 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 8250 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 8251 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8252 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 8253 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 8254 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 8255 #endif |
| 8256 ) | |
| 8257 || Rows == 0 | |
| 8258 || Columns == 0 | |
| 8259 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 8260 return; | |
| 8261 | |
| 8262 /* | |
| 8263 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 8264 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 8265 * return here. | |
| 8266 */ | |
| 8267 if (entered) | |
| 8268 return; | |
| 8269 entered = TRUE; | |
| 8270 | |
| 911 | 8271 /* |
| 8272 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 8273 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 8274 */ | |
| 8275 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8276 | |
| 7 | 8277 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 8278 | |
| 8279 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 8280 | |
| 8281 /* | |
| 8282 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 8283 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 8284 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 8285 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 8286 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 8287 * | |
| 8288 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 8289 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 8290 * size is wrong. | |
| 8291 */ | |
| 671 | 8292 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 8293 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 8294 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 8295 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 8296 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 8297 #endif | |
| 7 | 8298 |
| 8299 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8300 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
8302 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 8303 if (enc_utf8) |
| 8304 { | |
| 8305 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8306 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 8307 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
8308 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 8309 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 8310 } | |
| 8311 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8312 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8313 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8314 #endif | |
| 8315 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8316 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8317 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8318 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 8319 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 8320 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 8321 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 8322 #endif |
| 7 | 8323 |
| 677 | 8324 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 8325 { |
| 8326 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 8327 { | |
| 8328 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 8329 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 8330 goto give_up; |
| 8331 #endif | |
| 8332 } | |
| 8333 } | |
| 1906 | 8334 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 8335 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 8336 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 8337 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 8338 #endif | |
| 1819 | 8339 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8340 give_up: | |
| 8341 #endif | |
| 7 | 8342 |
| 714 | 8343 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8344 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 8345 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 8346 break; | |
| 8347 #endif | |
| 7 | 8348 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 8349 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8350 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 8351 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 8352 #endif | |
| 8353 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 8354 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 8355 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 8356 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8357 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 8358 #endif | |
| 7 | 8359 || outofmem) |
| 8360 { | |
| 944 | 8361 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 8362 { |
| 8363 /* guess the size */ | |
| 8364 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 8365 | |
| 8366 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 8367 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 8368 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 8369 } |
| 7 | 8370 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 8371 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 8372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8373 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 8374 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8375 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8376 { | |
| 8377 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 8378 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 8379 } | |
| 7 | 8380 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 8381 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 8382 #endif | |
| 8383 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 8384 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 8385 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 8386 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 8387 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 8388 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 8389 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8390 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8391 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 8392 #endif | |
| 7 | 8393 } |
| 8394 else | |
| 8395 { | |
| 944 | 8396 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 8397 |
| 7 | 8398 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 8399 { | |
| 8400 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 8401 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 8402 | |
| 8403 /* | |
| 8404 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 8405 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 8406 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 8407 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 8408 */ | |
| 3263 | 8409 if (!doclear) |
| 7 | 8410 { |
| 8411 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8412 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8413 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8414 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8415 { | |
| 8416 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8417 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8418 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8419 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8420 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 8421 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8422 } | |
| 8423 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8424 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8425 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8426 #endif | |
| 8427 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8428 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8429 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8430 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8431 { |
| 8432 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8433 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8434 else | |
| 8435 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8436 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8437 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8438 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8439 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8440 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8441 #endif |
| 8442 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8443 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8444 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8445 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8446 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8447 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8448 { |
| 8449 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8450 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8451 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8452 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8453 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8454 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8455 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8456 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8457 } | |
| 8458 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8459 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8460 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8461 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8462 #endif | |
| 8463 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8464 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8465 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8466 } | |
| 8467 } | |
| 8468 } | |
| 8469 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8470 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8471 } | |
| 8472 | |
| 356 | 8473 free_screenlines(); |
| 8474 | |
| 7 | 8475 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8476 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8477 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8478 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8479 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8480 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8481 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8482 #endif | |
| 8483 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8484 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8485 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8486 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8487 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8488 #endif | |
| 7 | 8489 |
| 8490 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8491 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8492 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8493 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8494 #endif | |
| 8495 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8496 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8497 | |
| 8498 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 3263 | 8499 if (doclear) |
| 7 | 8500 screenclear2(); |
| 8501 | |
| 8502 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8503 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8504 && !gui.starting | |
| 8505 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8506 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8507 { | |
| 8508 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8509 /* | |
| 8510 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8511 * command. | |
| 8512 */ | |
| 8513 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8514 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8515 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8516 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8517 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8518 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8519 } | |
| 8520 #endif | |
| 8521 | |
| 8522 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8523 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8524 |
| 8525 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8526 /* |
| 8527 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8528 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8529 */ | |
| 8530 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8531 { | |
| 766 | 8532 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8533 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8534 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8535 goto retry; | |
| 8536 } | |
| 766 | 8537 #endif |
| 7 | 8538 } |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 void | |
| 356 | 8541 free_screenlines() |
| 8542 { | |
| 8543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8544 int i; |
| 8545 | |
| 356 | 8546 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8547 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8548 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8549 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8550 #endif | |
| 714 | 8551 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8552 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8553 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8554 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8555 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8556 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8557 #endif | |
| 356 | 8558 } |
| 8559 | |
| 8560 void | |
| 7 | 8561 screenclear() |
| 8562 { | |
| 8563 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8564 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8565 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8566 } | |
| 8567 | |
| 8568 static void | |
| 8569 screenclear2() | |
| 8570 { | |
| 8571 int i; | |
| 8572 | |
| 8573 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8574 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8575 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8576 #endif | |
| 8577 ) | |
| 8578 return; | |
| 8579 | |
| 8580 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8581 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8582 #endif | |
| 8583 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8584 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8585 | |
| 8586 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8587 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8588 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8589 #endif | |
| 8590 | |
| 8591 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8592 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8593 { | |
| 8594 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8595 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8596 } | |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8599 { | |
| 8600 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8601 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8602 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8603 } |
| 8604 else | |
| 8605 { | |
| 8606 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8607 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8608 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8609 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8610 } | |
| 8611 | |
| 8612 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8613 | |
| 8614 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8615 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8616 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8617 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8618 #endif |
| 7 | 8619 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8620 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8621 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8622 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8623 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8624 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8625 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8626 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8627 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8628 } | |
| 8629 | |
| 8630 /* | |
| 8631 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8632 */ | |
| 8633 static void | |
| 8634 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8635 unsigned off; | |
| 8636 int width; | |
| 8637 { | |
| 8638 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8639 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8640 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8641 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8642 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8643 #endif | |
| 8644 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8645 } | |
| 8646 | |
| 8647 /* | |
| 8648 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8649 * invalid value. | |
| 8650 */ | |
| 8651 static void | |
| 8652 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8653 unsigned off; | |
| 8654 int width; | |
| 8655 { | |
| 8656 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8657 } | |
| 8658 | |
| 8659 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8660 /* | |
| 8661 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8662 */ | |
| 8663 static void | |
| 8664 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8665 int to; | |
| 8666 int from; | |
| 8667 win_T *wp; | |
| 8668 { | |
| 8669 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8670 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8671 | |
| 8672 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8673 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8674 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8675 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8676 { | |
| 714 | 8677 int i; |
| 8678 | |
| 7 | 8679 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8680 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8681 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8682 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8683 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8684 } |
| 8685 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8686 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8687 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8688 # endif | |
| 8689 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8690 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8691 } | |
| 8692 #endif | |
| 8693 | |
| 8694 /* | |
| 8695 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8696 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8697 */ | |
| 8698 int | |
| 8699 can_clear(p) | |
| 8700 char_u *p; | |
| 8701 { | |
| 8702 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8703 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8704 || gui.in_use | |
| 8705 #endif | |
| 8706 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8707 } | |
| 8708 | |
| 8709 /* | |
| 8710 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8711 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8712 * code. | |
| 8713 */ | |
| 8714 void | |
| 8715 screen_start() | |
| 8716 { | |
| 8717 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8718 } | |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 /* | |
| 8721 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8722 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8723 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8724 */ | |
| 8725 void | |
| 8726 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8727 int row; | |
| 8728 int col; | |
| 8729 { | |
| 205 | 8730 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8731 int i; |
| 8732 int plan; | |
| 8733 int cost; | |
| 8734 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8735 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8736 char_u *bs; | |
| 8737 int goto_cost; | |
| 8738 int attr; | |
| 8739 | |
| 1213 | 8740 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8741 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8742 | |
| 8743 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8744 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8745 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8746 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8747 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8748 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8749 return; | |
| 8750 | |
| 8751 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8752 { | |
| 8753 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8754 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8755 row = 0; | |
| 8756 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8757 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8758 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8759 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 8760 | |
| 8761 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 8762 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 8763 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 8764 else | |
| 8765 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 8766 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 /* | |
| 8769 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 8770 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 8771 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 8772 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 8773 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 8774 * | |
| 8775 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 8776 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 8777 * | |
| 1213 | 8778 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 8779 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 8780 */ | |
| 8781 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 8782 { | |
| 8783 /* | |
| 8784 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 8785 * or T_LE. | |
| 8786 */ | |
| 8787 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 8788 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 8789 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 8790 { | |
| 8791 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 8792 if (*T_LE) | |
| 8793 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 8794 else | |
| 8795 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 8796 if (*bs) | |
| 8797 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 8798 else | |
| 8799 cost = 999; | |
| 8800 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 8801 { | |
| 8802 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 8803 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8804 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 8805 } | |
| 8806 else | |
| 8807 { | |
| 8808 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 8809 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 8810 } | |
| 8811 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8812 { | |
| 8813 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8814 attr = 0; | |
| 8815 } | |
| 8816 } | |
| 8817 | |
| 8818 /* | |
| 8819 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 8820 */ | |
| 8821 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 8822 { | |
| 8823 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 8824 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8825 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 8826 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8827 { | |
| 8828 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8829 attr = 0; | |
| 8830 } | |
| 8831 } | |
| 8832 | |
| 8833 /* | |
| 8834 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 8835 */ | |
| 8836 else | |
| 8837 { | |
| 8838 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 8839 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 8840 cost = 0; | |
| 8841 } | |
| 8842 | |
| 8843 /* | |
| 8844 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 8845 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 8846 */ | |
| 8847 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 8848 if (i > 0) | |
| 8849 cost += i; | |
| 8850 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 8851 { | |
| 8852 /* | |
| 8853 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 8854 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 8855 */ | |
| 8856 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 8857 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 8858 --i; | |
| 8859 if (i != 0) | |
| 8860 { | |
| 8861 /* | |
| 8862 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 8863 */ | |
| 8864 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 8865 { | |
| 8866 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8867 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 8868 --i; | |
| 8869 } | |
| 8870 if (i != 0) | |
| 8871 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 8872 } | |
| 8873 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8874 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8875 { | |
| 8876 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 8877 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 8878 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 8879 { | |
| 8880 cost = 999; | |
| 8881 break; | |
| 8882 } | |
| 8883 } | |
| 8884 #endif | |
| 8885 } | |
| 8886 | |
| 8887 /* | |
| 8888 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 8889 */ | |
| 8890 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 8891 { | |
| 8892 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 8893 { | |
| 8894 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8895 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8896 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 8897 { | |
| 8898 out_str(bs); | |
| 8899 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 8900 } | |
| 8901 } | |
| 8902 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 8903 { | |
| 8904 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8905 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8906 out_char('\r'); | |
| 8907 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8908 } | |
| 8909 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 8910 { | |
| 8911 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8912 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8913 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 8914 { | |
| 8915 out_char('\n'); | |
| 8916 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 8917 } | |
| 8918 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8919 } | |
| 8920 | |
| 8921 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 8922 if (i > 0) | |
| 8923 { | |
| 8924 /* | |
| 8925 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 8926 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 8927 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 8928 */ | |
| 8929 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 8930 { | |
| 8931 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8932 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 8933 } | |
| 8934 else | |
| 8935 { | |
| 8936 int off; | |
| 8937 | |
| 8938 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 8939 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8940 { | |
| 8941 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 8942 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8943 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8944 out_flush_check(); | |
| 8945 #endif | |
| 8946 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 8947 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8948 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 8949 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 8950 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 8951 #endif | |
| 8952 ++off; | |
| 8953 } | |
| 8954 } | |
| 8955 } | |
| 8956 } | |
| 8957 } | |
| 8958 else | |
| 8959 cost = 999; | |
| 8960 | |
| 8961 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 8962 { | |
| 8963 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8964 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5995 | 8965 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) |
| 8966 && *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 7 | 8967 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); |
| 8968 else | |
| 8969 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 8970 } | |
| 8971 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 8972 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 8973 } | |
| 8974 } | |
| 8975 | |
| 8976 /* | |
| 8977 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 8978 */ | |
| 8979 void | |
| 8980 setcursor() | |
| 8981 { | |
| 8982 if (redrawing()) | |
| 8983 { | |
| 8984 validate_cursor(); | |
| 8985 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 8986 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 8987 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 8988 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 8989 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 8990 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 8991 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 8992 (has_mbyte |
| 8993 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 8994 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 8995 # endif |
| 8996 1)) : | |
| 8997 #endif | |
| 8998 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 8999 } | |
| 9000 } | |
| 9001 | |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 /* | |
| 9004 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 9005 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 9006 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 9007 * scrolling. | |
| 9008 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 9009 */ | |
| 9010 int | |
| 9011 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 9012 win_T *wp; | |
| 9013 int row; | |
| 9014 int line_count; | |
| 9015 int invalid; | |
| 9016 int mayclear; | |
| 9017 { | |
| 9018 int did_delete; | |
| 9019 int nextrow; | |
| 9020 int lastrow; | |
| 9021 int retval; | |
| 9022 | |
| 9023 if (invalid) | |
| 9024 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 9025 | |
| 9026 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 9027 return FAIL; | |
| 9028 | |
| 9029 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 9030 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 9031 | |
| 9032 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 9033 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 9034 return retval; | |
| 9035 | |
| 9036 /* | |
| 9037 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 9038 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 9039 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 9040 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 9041 */ | |
| 9042 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 9043 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9044 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 9045 { | |
| 9046 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 9047 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 9048 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 9049 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 9050 return FAIL; | |
| 9051 } | |
| 9052 #endif | |
| 9053 /* | |
| 9054 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 9055 */ | |
| 9056 if (!did_delete) | |
| 9057 { | |
| 9058 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9059 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9060 #endif | |
| 9061 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9062 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 9063 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 9064 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 9065 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 9066 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 9067 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 9068 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 9069 } | |
| 9070 | |
| 9071 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 9072 == FAIL) | |
| 9073 { | |
| 9074 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 9075 if (did_delete) | |
| 9076 { | |
| 9077 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9078 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9079 #endif | |
| 9080 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 9081 } | |
| 9082 return FAIL; | |
| 9083 } | |
| 9084 | |
| 9085 return OK; | |
| 9086 } | |
| 9087 | |
| 9088 /* | |
| 9089 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 9090 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 9091 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 9092 * scrolling | |
| 9093 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9094 */ | |
| 9095 int | |
| 9096 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 9097 win_T *wp; | |
| 9098 int row; | |
| 9099 int line_count; | |
| 9100 int invalid; | |
| 9101 int mayclear; | |
| 9102 { | |
| 9103 int retval; | |
| 9104 | |
| 9105 if (invalid) | |
| 9106 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 9109 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 9110 | |
| 9111 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 9112 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 9113 return retval; | |
| 9114 | |
| 9115 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 9116 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 9117 return FAIL; | |
| 9118 | |
| 9119 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9120 /* | |
| 9121 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 9122 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 9123 */ | |
| 9124 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9125 { | |
| 9126 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 9127 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 9128 { | |
| 9129 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9130 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 9131 } | |
| 9132 } | |
| 9133 /* | |
| 9134 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 9135 * command line later. | |
| 9136 */ | |
| 9137 else | |
| 9138 #endif | |
| 9139 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9140 return OK; | |
| 9141 } | |
| 9142 | |
| 9143 /* | |
| 9144 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 9145 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 9146 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 9147 */ | |
| 9148 static int | |
| 9149 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 9150 win_T *wp; | |
| 9151 int row; | |
| 9152 int line_count; | |
| 9153 int mayclear; | |
| 9154 int del; | |
| 9155 { | |
| 9156 int retval; | |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 9159 return FAIL; | |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 9162 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 9163 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9164 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 9165 #endif | |
| 9166 ) | |
| 9167 { | |
| 9168 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 9169 return FAIL; | |
| 9170 } | |
| 9171 | |
| 9172 /* | |
| 9173 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 9174 */ | |
| 9175 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 9176 { | |
| 9177 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 9178 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 9179 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 9180 return OK; | |
| 9181 } | |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 /* | |
| 9184 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 9185 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 9186 */ | |
| 9187 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 /* | |
| 9190 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 9191 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 9192 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 9193 * win_line(). | |
| 9194 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 9195 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 9196 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 9197 */ | |
| 9198 if (scroll_region | |
| 9199 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9200 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 9201 #endif | |
| 9202 ) | |
| 9203 { | |
| 9204 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9205 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 9206 #endif | |
| 9207 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 9208 if (del) | |
| 9209 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 9210 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9211 else | |
| 9212 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 9213 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 9214 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9215 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 9216 #endif | |
| 9217 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 9218 return retval; | |
| 9219 } | |
| 9220 | |
| 9221 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9222 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 9223 return FAIL; | |
| 9224 #endif | |
| 9225 | |
| 9226 return MAYBE; | |
| 9227 } | |
| 9228 | |
| 9229 /* | |
| 9230 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 9231 */ | |
| 9232 static void | |
| 9233 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 9234 win_T *wp; | |
| 9235 { | |
| 9236 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9237 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 9238 #else | |
| 9239 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 9240 #endif | |
| 9241 { | |
| 9242 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 9243 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9244 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9245 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 9246 #endif | |
| 9247 } | |
| 9248 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9249 } | |
| 9250 | |
| 9251 /* | |
| 9252 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 9253 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 9254 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 9255 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 9256 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 9257 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 9258 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 9259 */ | |
| 9260 | |
| 9261 /* | |
| 9262 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 9263 */ | |
| 9264 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 9265 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 9266 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 9267 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 9268 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 9269 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 9270 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 9271 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 9272 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 9273 | |
| 9274 /* | |
| 9275 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9276 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9277 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9278 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9279 * | |
| 9280 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 9281 */ | |
| 446 | 9282 int |
| 7 | 9283 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 9284 int off; | |
| 9285 int row; | |
| 9286 int line_count; | |
| 9287 int end; | |
| 9288 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 9289 { | |
| 9290 int i; | |
| 9291 int j; | |
| 9292 unsigned temp; | |
| 9293 int cursor_row; | |
| 9294 int type; | |
| 9295 int result_empty; | |
| 9296 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 9297 | |
| 9298 /* | |
| 9299 * FAIL if | |
| 9300 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9301 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9302 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9303 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9304 */ | |
| 9305 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 9306 return FAIL; | |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 /* | |
| 9309 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 9310 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9311 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9312 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 9313 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 9314 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 9315 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 9316 * at once. | |
| 9317 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 9318 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 9319 * 1. | |
| 9320 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 9321 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 9322 * just empty lines. | |
| 9323 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 9324 * just empty lines. | |
| 9325 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 9326 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 9327 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9328 * | |
| 9329 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 9330 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 9331 * exists. | |
| 9332 */ | |
| 9333 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 9334 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9335 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9336 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9337 else | |
| 9338 #endif | |
| 9339 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9340 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9341 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 9342 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 9343 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 9344 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9345 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 9346 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 9347 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 9348 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9349 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 9350 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9351 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 9352 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 9353 else | |
| 9354 return FAIL; | |
| 9355 | |
| 9356 /* | |
| 9357 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 9358 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 9359 */ | |
| 9360 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 9361 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9362 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9363 | |
| 9364 /* | |
| 9365 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 9366 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 9367 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 9368 */ | |
| 9369 if (*T_DB) | |
| 9370 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9371 | |
| 9372 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9373 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 9374 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9375 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9376 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9377 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9378 # endif | |
| 9379 ) | |
| 3674 | 9380 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 9381 else |
| 9382 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 9383 #endif | |
| 9384 | |
| 9385 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9386 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9387 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9388 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9389 #endif | |
| 9390 | |
| 9391 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9392 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9393 else | |
| 9394 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9395 | |
| 9396 /* | |
| 9397 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 9398 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9399 */ | |
| 9400 row += off; | |
| 9401 end += off; | |
| 9402 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9403 { | |
| 9404 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9405 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9406 { | |
| 9407 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9408 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9409 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9410 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9411 j += line_count; | |
| 9412 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9413 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9414 else | |
| 9415 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9416 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9417 } | |
| 9418 else | |
| 9419 #endif | |
| 9420 { | |
| 9421 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9422 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9423 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9424 { | |
| 9425 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9426 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9427 } | |
| 9428 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9429 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9430 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9431 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9432 else | |
| 9433 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9434 } | |
| 9435 } | |
| 9436 | |
| 9437 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9438 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9439 | |
| 9440 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9441 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9442 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9443 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9444 else | |
| 9445 #endif | |
| 9446 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9447 { | |
| 9448 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9449 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9450 } | |
| 9451 else | |
| 9452 { | |
| 9453 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9454 { | |
| 9455 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9456 { | |
| 9457 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9458 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9459 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9460 } | |
| 9461 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9462 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9463 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9464 } | |
| 9465 } | |
| 9466 | |
| 9467 /* | |
| 9468 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9469 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9470 */ | |
| 9471 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9472 { | |
| 9473 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9474 { | |
| 9475 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9476 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9477 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9478 } | |
| 9479 } | |
| 9480 | |
| 9481 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9482 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9483 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9484 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9485 #endif | |
| 9486 return OK; | |
| 9487 } | |
| 9488 | |
| 9489 /* | |
| 9490 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9491 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9492 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9493 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9494 * | |
| 9495 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9496 */ | |
| 9497 int | |
| 9498 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9499 int off; | |
| 9500 int row; | |
| 9501 int line_count; | |
| 9502 int end; | |
| 9503 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9504 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9505 { |
| 9506 int j; | |
| 9507 int i; | |
| 9508 unsigned temp; | |
| 9509 int cursor_row; | |
| 9510 int cursor_end; | |
| 9511 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9512 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9513 int type; | |
| 9514 | |
| 9515 /* | |
| 9516 * FAIL if | |
| 9517 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9518 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9519 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9520 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9521 */ | |
| 9522 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9523 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9524 return FAIL; | |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 /* | |
| 9527 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9528 */ | |
| 9529 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9530 | |
| 9531 /* | |
| 9532 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9533 * available. | |
| 9534 */ | |
| 9535 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9536 | |
| 9537 /* | |
| 9538 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9539 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9540 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9541 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9542 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9543 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9544 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9545 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9546 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9547 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9548 */ | |
| 9549 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9550 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9551 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9552 else | |
| 9553 #endif | |
| 9554 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9555 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9556 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9557 /* | |
| 9558 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9559 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9560 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9561 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9562 * the trick... | |
| 9563 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9564 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9565 */ | |
| 9566 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9567 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9568 #else | |
| 9569 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9570 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9571 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9572 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9573 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9574 #endif | |
| 9575 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9576 #endif | |
| 9577 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9578 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9579 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9580 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9581 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9582 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9583 #endif | |
| 9584 ) | |
| 9585 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9586 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9587 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9588 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9589 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9590 else | |
| 9591 return FAIL; | |
| 9592 | |
| 9593 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9594 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9595 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9596 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9597 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9598 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9599 # endif | |
| 9600 ) | |
| 3674 | 9601 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 9602 else |
| 9603 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9604 #endif | |
| 9605 | |
| 9606 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9607 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9608 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9609 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9610 #endif | |
| 9611 | |
| 9612 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9613 { | |
| 9614 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9615 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9616 } | |
| 9617 else | |
| 9618 { | |
| 9619 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9620 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9621 } | |
| 9622 | |
| 9623 /* | |
| 9624 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9625 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9626 */ | |
| 9627 row += off; | |
| 9628 end += off; | |
| 9629 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9630 { | |
| 9631 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9632 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9633 { | |
| 9634 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9635 j = row + i; | |
| 9636 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9637 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9638 j -= line_count; | |
| 9639 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9640 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9641 else | |
| 9642 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9643 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9644 } | |
| 9645 else | |
| 9646 #endif | |
| 9647 { | |
| 9648 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9649 j = row + i; | |
| 9650 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9651 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9652 { | |
| 9653 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9654 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9655 } | |
| 9656 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9657 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9658 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9659 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9660 else | |
| 9661 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9662 } | |
| 9663 } | |
| 9664 | |
| 9665 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9666 | |
| 9667 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9668 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9669 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9670 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9671 else | |
| 9672 #endif | |
| 9673 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9674 { | |
| 9675 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9676 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9677 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9678 } | |
| 9679 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9680 { | |
| 9681 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9682 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9683 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9684 } | |
| 9685 /* | |
| 9686 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9687 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9688 * last line. | |
| 9689 */ | |
| 9690 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9691 { | |
| 9692 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9693 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9694 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9695 } | |
| 9696 else | |
| 9697 { | |
| 9698 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9699 { | |
| 9700 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9701 { | |
| 9702 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9703 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9704 } | |
| 9705 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9706 { | |
| 9707 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9708 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9709 } | |
| 9710 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9711 } | |
| 9712 } | |
| 9713 | |
| 9714 /* | |
| 9715 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9716 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9717 */ | |
| 9718 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9719 { | |
| 9720 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9721 { | |
| 9722 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9723 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9724 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9725 } | |
| 9726 } | |
| 9727 | |
| 9728 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9729 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9730 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9731 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9732 #endif | |
| 9733 | |
| 9734 return OK; | |
| 9735 } | |
| 9736 | |
| 9737 /* | |
| 9738 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9739 * | |
| 9740 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9741 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9742 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9743 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9744 */ | |
| 9745 int | |
| 9746 showmode() | |
| 9747 { | |
| 9748 int need_clear; | |
| 9749 int length = 0; | |
| 9750 int do_mode; | |
| 9751 int attr; | |
| 9752 int nwr_save; | |
| 9753 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9754 int sub_attr; | |
| 9755 #endif | |
| 9756 | |
| 642 | 9757 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9758 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 9759 || restart_edit | |
| 5735 | 9760 || VIsual_active)); |
| 7 | 9761 if (do_mode || Recording) |
| 9762 { | |
| 9763 /* | |
| 9764 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 9765 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 9766 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 9767 */ | |
| 9768 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 9769 { | |
| 9770 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 9771 return 0; | |
| 9772 } | |
| 9773 | |
| 9774 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 9775 | |
| 9776 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 9777 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 9778 | |
| 9779 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 9780 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 9781 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9782 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 9783 | |
| 9784 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 9785 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9786 cursor_off(); | |
| 9787 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 9788 if (do_mode) | |
| 9789 { | |
| 9790 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 9791 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 2520 | 9792 if ( |
| 9793 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 9794 preedit_get_status() | |
| 1668 | 9795 # else |
| 9796 im_get_status() | |
| 2520 | 9797 # endif |
| 1668 | 9798 ) |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9799 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 9800 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 9801 # else | |
| 9802 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 9803 # endif | |
| 9804 #endif | |
| 9805 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 9806 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9807 { | |
| 9808 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 9809 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 9810 } |
| 9811 #endif | |
| 9812 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 5946 | 9813 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ |
| 9814 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) | |
| 7 | 9815 { |
| 9816 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 9817 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 9818 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 9819 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9820 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 9821 if (length > 0) | |
| 9822 { | |
| 9823 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9824 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 9825 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 9826 { | |
| 9827 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9828 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 9829 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 9830 } | |
| 9831 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9832 { | |
| 9833 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 9834 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 9835 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 9836 else | |
| 9837 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 9838 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 9839 } | |
| 9840 } | |
| 9841 length = 0; | |
| 9842 } | |
| 9843 else | |
| 9844 #endif | |
| 9845 { | |
| 9846 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9847 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9848 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9849 else | |
| 9850 #endif | |
| 9851 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9852 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9853 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 9854 { | |
| 9855 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9856 if (p_ri) | |
| 9857 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 9858 #endif | |
| 9859 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 9860 } | |
| 9861 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 9862 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 9863 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 9864 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 9865 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 9866 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 9867 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9868 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 9869 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 9870 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9871 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 9872 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 9873 # endif | |
| 9874 #endif | |
| 9875 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 9876 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 9877 { | |
| 9878 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 9879 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 9880 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 9881 else | |
| 9882 # endif | |
| 9883 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 9884 } | |
| 9885 #endif | |
| 9886 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 9887 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 9888 | |
| 9889 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9890 { | |
| 9891 char *p; | |
| 9892 | |
| 9893 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 9894 * problems. */ | |
| 9895 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 9896 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 9897 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 9898 { | |
| 9899 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 9900 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 9901 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9902 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 9903 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 9904 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9905 } | |
| 9906 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 9907 } | |
| 9908 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 9909 } | |
| 644 | 9910 |
| 7 | 9911 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 9912 } | |
| 9913 if (Recording | |
| 9914 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9915 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 9916 #endif | |
| 9917 ) | |
| 9918 { | |
| 9919 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 9920 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 9921 } | |
| 644 | 9922 |
| 9923 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 9924 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 9925 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9926 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 9927 length = msg_col; | |
| 9928 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9929 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 9930 } | |
| 9931 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 9932 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 9933 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 9934 | |
| 9935 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9936 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 9937 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9938 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9939 | |
| 9940 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 9941 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 9942 if (redrawing() | |
| 9943 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9944 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 9945 # endif | |
| 9946 ) | |
| 9947 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 9948 #endif | |
| 9949 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9950 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9951 | |
| 9952 return length; | |
| 9953 } | |
| 9954 | |
| 9955 /* | |
| 9956 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 9957 */ | |
| 9958 static void | |
| 9959 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 9960 { | |
| 9961 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9962 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 9963 } | |
| 9964 | |
| 9965 /* | |
| 9966 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 9967 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 9968 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 9969 */ |
| 9970 void | |
| 9971 unshowmode(force) | |
| 9972 int force; | |
| 9973 { | |
| 9974 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
9975 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 9976 */ |
| 9977 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 9978 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 9979 else | |
| 9980 { | |
| 9981 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9982 if (Recording) | |
| 9983 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 9984 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9985 } | |
| 9986 } | |
| 9987 | |
| 667 | 9988 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9989 /* | |
| 9990 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 9991 */ | |
| 9992 static void | |
| 677 | 9993 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 9994 { |
| 9995 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 9996 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 9997 int tabwidth; | |
| 9998 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 9999 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 10000 int attr; |
| 10001 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 10002 win_T *cwp; |
| 10003 int wincount; | |
| 10004 int modified; | |
| 667 | 10005 int c; |
| 10006 int len; | |
| 10007 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 10008 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 10009 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 10010 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 10011 int room; |
| 10012 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 10013 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 10014 && !gui.in_use | |
| 10015 #endif | |
| 10016 ); | |
| 673 | 10017 |
| 10018 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 10019 |
| 685 | 10020 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 10021 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 10022 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 10023 { | |
| 10024 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 10025 return; | |
| 10026 } | |
| 10027 #endif | |
| 10028 | |
| 10029 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 10030 return; |
| 10031 | |
| 677 | 10032 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 10033 |
| 10034 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 10035 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 10036 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 10037 | |
| 677 | 10038 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 10039 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 10040 { | |
| 680 | 10041 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10042 | |
| 10043 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 10044 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 10045 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 10046 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 10047 if (called_emsg) |
| 10048 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 10049 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10050 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 10051 } | |
| 10052 else | |
| 10053 #endif | |
| 10054 { | |
| 10055 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 10056 ++tabcount; | |
| 10057 | |
| 10058 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 10059 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 10060 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 10061 | |
| 10062 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 10063 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 10064 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 10065 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 10066 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 10067 { |
| 10068 scol = col; | |
| 10069 | |
| 10070 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 10071 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 10072 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 10073 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10074 | |
| 10075 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 10076 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 10077 | |
| 10078 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10079 | |
| 10080 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 10081 { | |
| 10082 cwp = curwin; | |
| 10083 wp = firstwin; | |
| 10084 } | |
| 10085 else | |
| 10086 { | |
| 10087 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 10088 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 10089 } | |
| 10090 | |
| 10091 modified = FALSE; | |
| 10092 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 10093 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 10094 modified = TRUE; | |
| 10095 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 10096 { | |
| 10097 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 10098 { | |
| 10099 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 10100 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 10101 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 10102 break; | |
| 680 | 10103 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 10104 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 680 | 10105 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 10106 #else |
| 680 | 10107 attr |
| 10108 #endif | |
| 10109 ); | |
| 10110 col += len; | |
| 10111 } | |
| 10112 if (modified) | |
| 10113 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10114 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10115 } | |
| 10116 | |
| 10117 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 10118 if (room > 0) | |
| 10119 { | |
| 685 | 10120 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 10121 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 10122 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 10123 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 10124 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 10125 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 10126 if (has_mbyte) |
| 10127 while (len > room) | |
| 10128 { | |
| 10129 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 10130 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 10131 } | |
| 10132 else | |
| 10133 #endif | |
| 10134 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 10135 { |
| 680 | 10136 p += len - room; |
| 10137 len = room; | |
| 677 | 10138 } |
| 699 | 10139 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 10140 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 10141 |
| 835 | 10142 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 10143 col += len; |
| 10144 } | |
| 10145 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10146 | |
| 10147 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 10148 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 10149 ++tabcount; | |
| 10150 while (scol < col) | |
| 10151 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 10152 } | |
| 10153 | |
| 10154 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 10155 c = '_'; | |
| 10156 else | |
| 10157 c = ' '; | |
| 10158 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 10159 |
| 10160 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 10161 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 10162 { | |
| 10163 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 10164 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 10165 } | |
| 10166 } | |
| 834 | 10167 |
| 10168 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 10169 * set. */ | |
| 10170 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 10171 } |
| 685 | 10172 |
| 10173 /* | |
| 10174 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 10175 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 10176 */ | |
| 10177 void | |
| 10178 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 10179 buf_T *buf; | |
| 10180 { | |
| 10181 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 3839 | 10182 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 685 | 10183 else |
| 10184 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 10185 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 10186 } | |
| 667 | 10187 #endif |
| 10188 | |
| 7 | 10189 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 10190 /* | |
| 10191 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 10192 */ | |
| 10193 static int | |
| 10194 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 10195 int *attr; | |
| 10196 int is_curwin; | |
| 10197 { | |
| 10198 int fill; | |
| 10199 if (is_curwin) | |
| 10200 { | |
| 10201 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 10202 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 10203 } | |
| 10204 else | |
| 10205 { | |
| 10206 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 10207 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 10208 } | |
| 10209 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 10210 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 10211 * current window */ | |
| 10212 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 10213 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 10214 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 10215 return fill; | |
| 10216 if (is_curwin) | |
| 10217 return '^'; | |
| 10218 return '='; | |
| 10219 } | |
| 10220 #endif | |
| 10221 | |
| 10222 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10223 /* | |
| 10224 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 10225 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 10226 */ | |
| 10227 static int | |
| 10228 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 10229 int *attr; | |
| 10230 { | |
| 10231 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 10232 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 10233 return '|'; | |
| 10234 else | |
| 10235 return fill_vert; | |
| 10236 } | |
| 10237 #endif | |
| 10238 | |
| 10239 /* | |
| 10240 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 10241 */ | |
| 10242 int | |
| 10243 redrawing() | |
| 10244 { | |
| 10245 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 10246 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 10247 } | |
| 10248 | |
| 10249 /* | |
| 10250 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 10251 */ | |
| 10252 int | |
| 10253 messaging() | |
| 10254 { | |
| 10255 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 10256 } | |
| 10257 | |
| 10258 /* | |
| 10259 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 10260 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 10261 */ | |
| 10262 void | |
| 10263 showruler(always) | |
| 10264 int always; | |
| 10265 { | |
| 10266 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 10267 return; | |
| 574 | 10268 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 10269 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10270 { | |
| 639 | 10271 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 10272 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 10273 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 10274 # endif |
| 574 | 10275 return; |
| 10276 } | |
| 10277 #endif | |
| 7 | 10278 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 10279 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 10280 { |
| 1983 | 10281 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 10282 } |
| 7 | 10283 else |
| 10284 #endif | |
| 10285 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10286 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 10287 #endif | |
| 10288 | |
| 10289 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 10290 if (need_maketitle | |
| 10291 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10292 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 10293 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 10294 # endif | |
| 10295 ) | |
| 10296 maketitle(); | |
| 10297 #endif | |
| 1588 | 10298 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 10299 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 10300 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 10301 draw_tabline(); | |
| 10302 #endif | |
| 7 | 10303 } |
| 10304 | |
| 10305 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10306 static void | |
| 10307 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 10308 win_T *wp; | |
| 10309 int always; | |
| 10310 { | |
| 1869 | 10311 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 10312 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 10313 int row; |
| 10314 int fillchar; | |
| 10315 int attr; | |
| 10316 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 10317 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 10318 int i; | |
| 1869 | 10319 size_t len; |
| 7 | 10320 int o; |
| 10321 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10322 int this_ru_col; | |
| 10323 int off = 0; | |
| 10324 int width = Columns; | |
| 10325 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 10326 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 10327 #else | |
| 10328 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 10329 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 10330 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 10331 #endif | |
| 10332 | |
| 10333 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 10334 if (!p_ru) | |
| 10335 return; | |
| 10336 | |
| 10337 /* | |
| 10338 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 10339 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 10340 */ | |
| 10341 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10342 return; | |
| 10343 | |
| 10344 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10345 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 10346 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 10347 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10348 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 10349 # endif | |
| 10350 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 10351 return; | |
| 540 | 10352 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 10353 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10354 return; | |
| 7 | 10355 #endif |
| 10356 | |
| 10357 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10358 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 10359 { | |
| 680 | 10360 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10361 | |
| 10362 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 10363 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 10364 if (called_emsg) |
| 10365 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 10366 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10367 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 10368 return; |
| 10369 } | |
| 10370 #endif | |
| 10371 | |
| 10372 /* | |
| 10373 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 10374 */ | |
| 10375 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 10376 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 10377 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 10378 | |
| 10379 /* | |
| 10380 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 10381 */ | |
| 10382 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 10383 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 10384 || always | |
| 10385 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 10386 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 10387 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 10388 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 10389 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 10390 #endif | |
| 10391 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 10392 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 10393 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10394 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 10395 #endif | |
| 10396 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 10397 { | |
| 10398 cursor_off(); | |
| 10399 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10400 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 10401 { | |
| 10402 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 10403 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 10404 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10405 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 10406 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 10407 # endif | |
| 10408 } | |
| 10409 else | |
| 10410 #endif | |
| 10411 { | |
| 10412 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10413 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10414 attr = 0; | |
| 10415 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10416 width = Columns; | |
| 10417 off = 0; | |
| 10418 #endif | |
| 10419 } | |
| 10420 | |
| 10421 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10422 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10423 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10424 { | |
| 10425 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10426 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10427 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10428 } | |
| 10429 | |
| 10430 /* | |
| 10431 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10432 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10433 */ | |
| 1869 | 10434 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10435 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10436 ? 0L | |
| 10437 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10438 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10439 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10440 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10441 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10442 | |
| 10443 /* | |
| 10444 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10445 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10446 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10447 */ | |
| 10448 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10449 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10450 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10451 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10452 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10453 #endif | |
| 10454 ++o; | |
| 10455 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10456 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10457 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10458 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10459 #endif | |
| 10460 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10461 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10462 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10463 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10464 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10465 { | |
| 10466 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10467 { | |
| 10468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10469 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10470 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10471 else | |
| 10472 #endif | |
| 10473 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10474 ++o; | |
| 10475 } | |
| 1869 | 10476 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10477 } |
| 10478 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10479 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10480 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10481 { | |
| 10482 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10483 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10484 { |
| 10485 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10486 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10487 { | |
| 10488 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10489 break; | |
| 10490 } | |
| 10491 } | |
| 10492 } | |
| 10493 else | |
| 10494 #endif | |
| 10495 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10496 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10497 | |
| 10498 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10499 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10500 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10501 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10502 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10503 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10504 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10505 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10506 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10507 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10508 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10509 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10510 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10511 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10512 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10513 #endif | |
| 10514 } | |
| 10515 } | |
| 10516 #endif | |
| 13 | 10517 |
| 10518 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10519 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10520 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10521 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10522 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10523 */ | |
| 10524 int | |
| 10525 number_width(wp) | |
| 10526 win_T *wp; | |
| 10527 { | |
| 10528 int n; | |
| 10529 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10530 | |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10531 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10532 /* cursor line shows "0" */ |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10533 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10534 else |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10535 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10536 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10537 |
| 13 | 10538 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) |
| 10539 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; | |
| 10540 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10541 | |
| 10542 n = 0; | |
| 10543 do | |
| 10544 { | |
| 856 | 10545 lnum /= 10; |
| 10546 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10547 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10548 | |
| 10549 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10550 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10551 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10552 | |
| 10553 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 10554 return n; | |
| 10555 } | |
| 10556 #endif | |
| 3986 | 10557 |
| 10558 /* | |
| 10559 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the | |
| 10560 * screen. First column is 0. | |
| 10561 */ | |
| 10562 int | |
| 10563 screen_screencol() | |
| 10564 { | |
| 10565 return screen_cur_col; | |
| 10566 } | |
| 10567 | |
| 10568 /* | |
| 10569 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. | |
| 10570 * First row is 0. | |
| 10571 */ | |
| 10572 int | |
| 10573 screen_screenrow() | |
| 10574 { | |
| 10575 return screen_cur_row; | |
| 10576 } |